WO2021005997A1 - Composition containing coloring agent - Google Patents

Composition containing coloring agent Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021005997A1
WO2021005997A1 PCT/JP2020/023967 JP2020023967W WO2021005997A1 WO 2021005997 A1 WO2021005997 A1 WO 2021005997A1 JP 2020023967 W JP2020023967 W JP 2020023967W WO 2021005997 A1 WO2021005997 A1 WO 2021005997A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
substituent
formula
saturated hydrocarbon
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/023967
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
昭妍 朴
Original Assignee
住友化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 住友化学株式会社 filed Critical 住友化学株式会社
Priority to CN202080049401.XA priority Critical patent/CN114080567A/en
Priority to KR1020227003928A priority patent/KR20220034155A/en
Publication of WO2021005997A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021005997A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/0008Organic ingredients according to more than one of the "one dot" groups of C08K5/01 - C08K5/59
    • C08K5/0041Optical brightening agents, organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/17Amines; Quaternary ammonium compounds
    • C08K5/18Amines; Quaternary ammonium compounds with aromatically bound amino groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3442Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3445Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/35Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having also oxygen in the ring
    • C08K5/353Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/36Sulfur-, selenium-, or tellurium-containing compounds
    • C08K5/45Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur in the ring
    • C08K5/46Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur in the ring with oxygen or nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/47Thiazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L43/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing boron, silicon, phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L43/04Homopolymers or copolymers of monomers containing silicon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/26Triarylmethane dyes in which at least one of the aromatic nuclei is heterocyclic
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • G03F7/0757Macromolecular compounds containing Si-O, Si-C or Si-N bonds
    • G03F7/0758Macromolecular compounds containing Si-O, Si-C or Si-N bonds with silicon- containing groups in the side chains
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a composition containing a colorant.
  • the composition of the present invention is useful for producing a color curable composition.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a solvent, a reactive diluent, a photopolymerization initiator, a colorant, and the formula (1):
  • the color-curable composition containing the colorant (A), the resin (B), the polymerizable compound (C), the polymerization initiator (D) and the solvent (E) is stored depending on the type of the colorant (A) used.
  • the present inventor has found that there is a problem that the viscosity sometimes increases.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to suppress thickening of a color curable composition containing a specific colorant.
  • the colorant (A) has the formula (1a) :.
  • R 41a and R 42a may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41a and R 42a are bonded to each other.
  • Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom R 43a and R 44a each independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 47a ⁇ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - have -SO 2 -R f or a substituent, Represents a good alkyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms R f represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Ring T 1a represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10 member aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
  • the substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
  • Substituents which may be the aralkyl group have the carbon number of 7 to 30, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f, And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon ring substituent that have the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
  • said 5 to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring substituent which may have of a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f , And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • r represents an integer of 1 or more Mr + represents a hydrogen ion, an r-valent metal ion or N + (R 55a ) 4 , and the four R 55a may be the same or different.
  • R 55a represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • k is the formula (1a-A):
  • R 41b and R 42b may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41b and R 42b are bonded to each other.
  • Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom R 43b and R 44b independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 47b to R 54b each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, or a substituent.
  • Ring T 1b represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10 member aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
  • the substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of The substituents that the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms may have are a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms that may have a substituent.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of The substituents that the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle may have are a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms that may have a substituent.
  • At least one selected from the group of groups, The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is replaced with -O- or -CO-.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more [Y] m- represents an m-valent anion, and when m is an integer of 2 or more, the formula (2a-C):
  • rings T 1b , R 41b to R 44b and R 47b to R 54b are synonymous with the above, respectively.
  • the plurality of cations represented by may be the same or different.
  • R 1 and R 2 may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent.
  • a good aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 is represented, or R 1 and R 2 are bonded and 3 to 10 members together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded.
  • R 3 and R 4 independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 5 is, -OH, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8, or represents -SO 2 NR 9 R 10,
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 5, and when p is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 5s may be the same or different.
  • R 11 stands for N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , and the four R 11s may be the same or different.
  • R 8 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or R 9 and R 10 are bonded to each other.
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 12 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the three R 13s may be the same or different, respectively.
  • the substituents that the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have are aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, formyl groups and carboxy groups. At least one selected from the group of groups, The substituents that may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a halogen atom.
  • saturated hydrocarbon group of ⁇ 20, -OR 8, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8 and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 At least one selected from the group consisting of When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 4 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 11 - may be replaced to,
  • the substituents of the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a halogen atom.
  • R 1B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2B to R 4B independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 10, and * represents the bond position.
  • at least one of R 2B to R 4B is an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 45a and R 46a may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45a and R 46a are bonded to each other.
  • R 56a is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • L 1a represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57a- .
  • R 57a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
  • Substituents which may be the aralkyl group have the carbon number of 7 to 30, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f, And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • R f represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation.
  • R 41a and R 43a are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 42a and R 44a are each independently an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
  • R 47a ⁇ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - and ring T 1a has the formula (1t):
  • R 45a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 46a is an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
  • R 56a is a halogen atom, an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of, L 1a is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation.
  • R 45b and R 46b may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45b and R 46b are bonded to each other.
  • R 56b is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • L 1b represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57b- R 57b represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • the substituent which may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the substituent which the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms may have is from a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group, and * is a carbocation. Represents the connection position of. ]
  • R 41b , R 43b and R 47b to R 54b are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 42b and R 44b are phenyl groups which may independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Ring T 1b is the equation (2t):
  • R 45b is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 46b is a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 56b is a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • L 1b is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation.
  • R 1 and R 3 are independently hydrogen atoms; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. And a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 ; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
  • R 2 and R 4 each independently consist of an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10.
  • a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent of choice; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 R 5 is, -SO 3 - and is, R 6 and R 7 are both hydrogen atoms, R 9 and R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. All three R 13s are alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the total content of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is 50 with respect to the total amount of the colorant (A).
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is represented by the formula (1a).
  • the compound according to any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (1a) is 50 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (A). Composition.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is represented by the formula (2a).
  • the above-mentioned [1], [2] and [6] to [9], which are compounds and the content of the compound represented by the formula (2a) is 50 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (A).
  • the resin (B1) has a co-weight containing a structural unit (b1-1), a structural unit derived from a polymerizable unsaturated compound having an acidic group (b1-2), and other structural units (b1-3).
  • the composition according to any one. The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [14], wherein the resin (B1) has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 50,000.
  • the composition of the present invention is produced in advance, and then the color-curable composition is produced using the composition of the present invention, whereby thickening of the color-curable composition can be suppressed.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a colorant (A), a resin (B) and a solvent (E).
  • the colorant (A) is selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (1a), a compound represented by the formula (2a), and a compound represented by the formula (3a).
  • the composition comprises at least one, the resin (B) contains the resin (B1) containing the structural unit (b1-1) represented by the formula (1b), and the content of the colorant (A) is the composition. It is characterized in that it is 35 to 70% by weight with respect to the total amount of solid content.
  • the “total amount of solids in the composition” refers to the amount obtained by subtracting the content of the solvent (H) from the total amount of the composition.
  • the total amount of solids and the content of each component can be measured by a known analytical means such as liquid chromatography or gas chromatography.
  • compound represented by formula (1a) may be abbreviated as “compound (1a)”.
  • compounds represented by other formulas, anions and cations may be abbreviated in the same manner.
  • only one kind may be used for each component of the composition of the present invention, each component of the color curable composition, the raw material for producing each component, and the like. Seeds or more may be used together.
  • the present invention is characterized in that a specific colorant (ie, at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a)) is used.
  • a specific colorant ie, at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a)
  • the present inventor has found that there is a problem that the viscosity of a color curable composition containing a specific colorant increases during storage.
  • a colorant (A) containing a specific colorant and a structural unit (b1-1) represented by the formula (1b) are included.
  • a composition is produced by mixing a resin (B) containing a resin (B1) and a solvent (E), and the obtained composition, a polymerizable compound (C), a polymerization initiator (D), and the like. It has been found that thickening of the color-curable composition can be suppressed by producing a color-curable composition by mixing it with other components as needed.
  • the present invention will be
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group and a hexadecyl group.
  • Icosyl group isopropyl group, isobutyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group and other alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms; cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, tri Examples thereof include an alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as a cyclodecyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be either linear or branched.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the above-mentioned examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • examples of saturated hydrocarbon groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in the above-mentioned examples of saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkanediyl group may be either linear or branched.
  • the arcandyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an isopropylene group, an isobutylene group, a 2-methyltrimethylene group and an isopentylene.
  • examples thereof include a group, an isohexylene group, an isooctylene group and a 2-ethylhexylene group.
  • the fluoroalkyl group may be either linear or branched.
  • the fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include a monofluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a perfluoromethyl group, a monofluoroethyl group, a difluoroethyl group, a trifluoroethyl group, a tetrafluoroethyl group, and a perfluoroethyl group.
  • the alkoxy group may be either linear or branched.
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, an isopropoxy group, an isobutoxy group, an isopentyloxy group and a neopentyloxy group. Can be mentioned.
  • examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms include, for example, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-anthryl group, a 2-anthryl group, and a 9-anthryl group. Can be mentioned.
  • examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group and a 3-phenylpropyl group.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle include a pyrrolidine ring, a morpholine ring, a piperidine ring, and a piperazine ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may be any of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring and an anthracene ring.
  • the aromatic heterocycle may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle include a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a thiazole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, and an indole ring.
  • examples thereof include a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a quinoline ring, and a benzofuran ring.
  • the colorant (A) comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a).
  • R 41a and R 42a in the formula (1a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41a and R 42a are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
  • the substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O- or-. It may be replaced with CO-.
  • -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is not replaced with -O-O- or -CO-CO-.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14 in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N It is at least one selected from the group consisting of --SO 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Substituents which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO It is at least one selected from the group consisting of 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R f in the formula (1a) represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be good.
  • -CH 2 - The, -CH 2 in a methyl group is the terminal of the alkyl group - is not included.
  • -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is not replaced with -OO- or -CO-CO-.
  • R 41a is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 42a is preferably an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - one as at least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably substituent selected from the group consisting or 2 It has a number of alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, more preferably one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent a, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
  • R 43a and R 44a in the formula (1a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or nitrogen in which R 43a and R 44a are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the atoms.
  • R 43a is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 44a is preferably an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - one as at least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably substituent selected from the group consisting or 2 It has a number of alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, more preferably one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent a, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
  • R 47a ⁇ R 54a in formula (1a) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f , or substituted, Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a group.
  • R 47a ⁇ R 54a are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - a -, more preferably a hydrogen atom or -SO 3.
  • the ring T 1a in the formula (1a) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocycle having 5 to 10 members which may have a substituent. Represents.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon ring substituent which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14 in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N It is at least one selected from the group consisting of --SO 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • 5-10 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring substituent which may have a in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - - It is at least one selected from the group consisting of SO 2- R f and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Ring T 1a is preferably of formula (1t):
  • R 45a and R 46a in the formula (1t) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45a and R 46a are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
  • the substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (1t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14 in the formula (1t) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N It is at least one selected from the group consisting of --SO 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Substituents which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (1t) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO It is at least one selected from the group consisting of 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (1t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • R 45a is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 46a is preferably an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - one as at least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably substituent selected from the group consisting or 2 It has a number of alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, more preferably one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent a, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
  • R 56a in the formula (1t) is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 56a is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - 1 least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a selected from the group consisting of, more preferably a substituent It has a number or two halogen atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably has one or two fluorine atom as a substituent, and -SO 3 - and It is a phenyl group that may have.
  • L 1a in the formula (1t) represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57a- .
  • R 57a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • L 1a is preferably a sulfur atom.
  • R in equation (1a) represents an integer of 1 or more. r is preferably 2. When r is an integer of 2 or more, the equation (1a-A):
  • the rings T 1a , R 41a to R 44a and R 47a to R 54a are synonymous with the above, respectively.
  • the plurality of anions represented by may be the same or different.
  • the plurality of anions (1a-A) are preferably the same.
  • K in the formula (1a) is, -SO 3 having anion (1a-A) is - and -SO 2 -N - represents the total number of -SO 2 -R f, a and an integer of 2 or more.
  • k is preferably 2.
  • Mr + in the formula (1a) represents a hydrogen ion, an r-valent metal ion or N + (R 55a ) 4 , and the four R 55a may be the same or different.
  • R 55a represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • k-1 in the formula (1a) is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of Mr + may be the same or different.
  • Mr + is preferably an r-valent metal ion.
  • the r-valent metal ion include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium ion and potassium ion; alkaline earth metal ions such as beryllium ion, magnesium ion, calcium ion, strontium ion and barium ion; titanium ion and zirconium. Transition metal ions such as ions, chromium ions, manganese ions, iron ions, cobalt ions, nickel ions and copper ions; typical metal ions such as zinc ions, cadmium ions, aluminum ions, indium ions, tin ions, lead ions and bismuth ions. Can be mentioned.
  • Mr + is more preferably a divalent metal ion, more preferably an alkaline earth metal ion, and particularly preferably a barium ion (Ba 2+ ).
  • R 41a and R 43a are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 42a and R 44a are each independently an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
  • R 47a ⁇ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - and ring T 1a is a ring represented by formula (1t) [wherein (1t ), R 45a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 46a is an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
  • R 56a is a halogen atom, an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
  • L 1a is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation.
  • compound (1a') A compound in which the two anions (1a-A) are the same and Mr + is Ba 2+ (hereinafter, may be referred to as "compound (1a')”) is preferable.
  • R 41a and R 43a are more preferably hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 42a and R 44a are each independently more preferably has one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a as more preferably substituent has one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, R 47a ⁇ R 54a is more preferably a hydrogen atom or -SO 3 ⁇ , R 45a is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 46a is more preferably one substituent.
  • -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent It has a group, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having, as well as R 56a is more preferably has one or two halogen atoms as substituents, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably has one or two fluorine atom as a substituent, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (1a-1) is particularly preferable.
  • the two - the description of, -SO 3 as the anion substituent "-SO 3" - has, and -SO 3 in each anion - Total number of There 2 (i.e., -SO 3 in two anion - total number of 4) meant to be.
  • Compound (1a) can be used in known methods (for example, the method described in Journal of Organic Chemistry, (1994), vol. 59, # 11, pp. 3232-3236, the method described in JP-A-2018-127596). It can be manufactured according to the above.
  • R 41b and R 42b in the formula (2a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41b and R 42b are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
  • the substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O- or-. It may be replaced with CO-.
  • -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is not replaced with -O-O- or -CO-CO-.
  • the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent. It is at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 carbon number. At least one selected from the group consisting of up to 8 alkyl groups.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be good.
  • -CH 2 - The, -CH 2 in a methyl group is the terminal of the alkyl group - is not included.
  • -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is not replaced with -OO- or -CO-CO-.
  • R 41b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 42b preferably has a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably a phenyl group. Is.
  • R 43b and R 44b in the formula (2a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or nitrogen in which R 43b and R 44b are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the atoms.
  • R 43b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 44b preferably has a phenyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a phenyl group. Is.
  • R 47b to R 54b in the formula (2a) each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, or a substituent. ..
  • Each of R 47b to R 54b is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the ring T 1b in the formula (2a) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent. Represents.
  • the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent. It is at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent which the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle in the formula (2a) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group consisting of 1 to 8 alkyl groups.
  • Ring T 1b is preferably of formula (2t):
  • R 45b and R 46b in the formula (2t) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45b and R 46b are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
  • the substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a carbon which may have a substituent. It is at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of numbers 1-8.
  • the substituent which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a substituent having 1 to 1 carbon atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of 8 alkyl groups.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
  • R 45b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 46b is preferably a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group having 1 or 2 alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and further. It is preferably a phenyl group having one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent.
  • R 56b in the formula (2t) is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 56b is preferably a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably one or two substituents.
  • L 1b in the formula (2t) represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57b- .
  • R 57b represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • L 1b is preferably a sulfur atom. * In the formula (2t) represents the bond position with the carbocation.
  • M in equation (2a) represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • m is preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 14, still more preferably an integer of 2 to 8, and particularly preferably 3.
  • rings T 1b , R 41b to R 44b and R 47b to R 54b are synonymous with the above, respectively.
  • the plurality of cations represented by may be the same or different.
  • the plurality of cations (2a-C) are preferably the same.
  • [Y] m ⁇ in the formula (2a) represents an m-valent anion.
  • [Y] m- is preferably a polyacid anion containing a tungsten atom, more preferably [PW 12 O 40 ] 3- , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6- , [P 2 W 18 O 62].
  • R 41b , R 43b and R 47b to R 54b are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 42b and R 44b are phenyl groups which may independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Ring T 1b is a ring represented by the formula (2t) [in formula (2t), R 45b is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 46b is a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 56b is a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • L 1b is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation.
  • m is 3,
  • R 41b and R 43b are independent of each other, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably.
  • R 42b and R 44b are phenyl groups which may independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • R 47b to R 54b are each independently, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, and R 45b is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 56b is more preferably a phenyl group having one or two halogen atoms as a substituent. More preferably, it is a phenyl group having one or two fluorine atoms as a substituent.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (2a-1) is particularly preferable.
  • Compound (2a) can be produced according to a known method (for example, the methods described in JP-A-2015-28121, JP-A-2015-38201, etc.).
  • R 1 and R 2 may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, and may have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , or R 1 and R 2 are bonded and 3 to 10 members together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. Form a nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
  • R 3 and R 4 may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, and may have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a group represented by -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , or R 3 and R 4 are bonded together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
  • the substituents that the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have are aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, formyl groups and carboxy groups. At least one selected from the group consisting of groups.
  • the substituents that may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a halogen atom.
  • saturated hydrocarbon group of ⁇ 20, -OR 8, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8 and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 At least one selected from the group consisting of.
  • the compound (3a) of the ions form in the -SO 3 - if there is, the number is one.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 4 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 11 - it may be replaced to.
  • -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • the -CH 2 -CH 2 contained in a saturated hydrocarbon group - is, -O-O -, - CO -CO- or -NR 11 -NR 11 - does not replace.
  • R 1 and R 3 are independent and preferably hydrogen atoms; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R.
  • a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of 10 ; or a carbon which may have a -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , more preferably a hydrogen atom or a carboxy group. It is an alkyl group of numbers 1 to 4.
  • R 2 and R 4 are each independently composed of an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably having a carboxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of R 5s may be the same or different.
  • p is preferably 1.
  • R 5 is, -OH, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8 or -SO 2 NR 9, Represents R 10 .
  • Z + represents N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + .
  • R 11 may be the same or different.
  • R 5 is preferably -SO 3 - is.
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 6 and R 7 are preferably both hydrogen atoms.
  • R 8 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or R 9 and R 10 respectively. To form a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atoms they bind to.
  • the substituents that the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 may have are at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a halogen atom.
  • saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 8 - may be replaced to.
  • -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • the -CH 2 -CH 2 contained in a saturated hydrocarbon group - is, -O-O -, - CO -CO- or -NR 8 -NR 8 - never replace.
  • R 9 and R 10 are each independently, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 12 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • -CH 2- contained in the alkanediyl group is -O-, -CO- or -NR. It may be replaced with 8-.
  • -CH 2- does not include -CH 2- bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- bonded to a silicon atom.
  • R 12 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. And three R 13 may be each the same or may be different. Three R 13 is preferably both an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • q represents 0 or 1.
  • q is 0, it means that (X ⁇ ) q does not exist.
  • q is preferably 0.
  • R 1 and R 3 are independently hydrogen atoms; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
  • R 2 and R 4 each independently consist of an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10.
  • a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent of choice; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 R 5 is, -SO 3 - and is, R 6 and R 7 are both hydrogen atoms, R 9 and R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. All three R 13s are alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a compound in which p is 1 and q is 0 hereinafter, may be referred to as “compound (3a')”) is preferable.
  • R 1 and R 3 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may have a hydrogen atom or a carboxy group, respectively, and R 2 and R. 4 may more preferably have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of ⁇ SO 2 NR 9 R 10. Group; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
  • the compound (3a) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3a-1), a compound represented by the following formula (3a-2), a compound represented by the following formula (3a-3), and the following.
  • R 14 represents -SO 2- NH (CH 2 ) -CH (CH 2 CH 3 ) -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
  • Compound (3a) can be produced according to a known method (for example, the method described in JP-A-2010-32999).
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably at least selected from the group consisting of compound (1a) and compound (2a). It is one, more preferably compound (1a) or compound (2a), and even more preferably compound (1a).
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably compound (1a'), compound (2a') and compound ( At least one selected from the group consisting of 3a'), more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a') and compound (2a'), and even more preferably compound (1a') or It is compound (2a'), and particularly preferably compound (1a').
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably compound (1a-1), compound (2a-1), Consists of compound (3a-1), compound (3a-2), compound (3a-3), compound (3a-4), compound (3a-5), compound (3a-6) and compound (3a-7).
  • the colorant (A) may contain a compound (1a), a compound (2a), and another colorant different from the compound (3a).
  • Xanthene dye can be used as another colorant.
  • the xanthene dye include C.I. I. Acid Red 51 (hereinafter, the description of CI Acid Red is omitted and only the number is described. The same applies to the others), 52, 87, 92, 94, 289, 388, C.I. I. Acid Violet 9, 30, 102, C.I. I. Basic Red 1 (Rhodamine 6G), 2, 3, 4, 8, C.I. I. Basic Red 10, 11, C.I. I. Basic Violet 10 (Rhodamine B), 11, C.I. I. Solvent Red 218, C.I. I. Modant Red 27, C.I. I. Examples thereof include Reactive Red 36 (Rose Bengal B) and Sulforhodamine G.
  • Coumarin dye can be used as another colorant.
  • Examples of the coumarin dye include C.I. I. Acid Yellow 227, 250; C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 82, 184; C.I. I. Solvent Orange 112; C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 160, 172; coumarin dyes and the like described in Japanese Patent No. 12999948.
  • dyes other than the above include dyes listed in the Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists) and dyes listed in the dyeing notebook (Color Dyeing Co., Ltd.).
  • the dye include azo dye, cyanine dye, phthalocyanine dye, anthraquinone dye, naphthoquinone dye, quinoneimine dye, methine dye, azomethine dye, squarylium dye, acrydin dye, styryl dye, quinoline dye and nitro dye. ..
  • the dye include the following. (1) C.I. I. Solvent dye C. I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 25, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 81, 82, 83, 89, 94, 98, 99, 162; C. I. Solvent Orange 2,7,11,15,26,41,54,56,99; C. I. Solvent Red 24, 49, 90, 91, 111, 118, 119, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 132, 143, 145, 146, 150, 151, 155, 160, 168, 169, 172, 175, 181, 207, 222, 227, 230, 245, 247; C. I.
  • C.I. I. Acid dye
  • C. I. Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 119, 123, 128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179, 184, 190, 193, 196, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 205, 207, 212, 214, 220, 221 228, 230, 232, 235, 238, 240, 242, 243, 251; C.
  • C.I. I. Direct dye C. I. Direct Yellow 2, 4, 28, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 44, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 102, 108, 109, 129, 132, 136, 138, 141; C. I. Direct Orange 26, 34, 39, 41, 46, 50, 52, 56, 57, 61, 64, 65, 68, 70, 96, 97, 106, 107; C. I. Direct blue 40; etc.
  • C.I. I. Mordant dye C. I. Modant Yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, 65; C. I. Modant Orange 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14, 20, 21, 23, 24, 28, 29, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 42, 43, 47, 48; etc.
  • colorant for example, a pigment described in the Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists) can be used.
  • pigments include: C. I. Pigment Yellow 1,3,12,13,14,15,16,17,20,24,31,53,83,86,93,94,109,110,117,125,128,129,137,138, Yellow pigments such as 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214; C. I. Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73 and other orange pigments; C. I.
  • the content of the colorant (A) is 35 to 70% by weight, preferably 40 to 70% by weight, more preferably 40 to 65% by weight, still more preferably, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is 45 to 60% by weight.
  • the total content of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably 50-100% by weight, more preferably 55-100% by weight, based on the total amount of colorant (A). It is preferably 60 to 100% by weight, particularly preferably 65 to 100% by weight, and most preferably 80 to 100% by weight.
  • the content of compound (1a) is relative to the total amount of colorant (A). It is preferably 50 to 100% by weight, more preferably 55 to 100% by weight, still more preferably 60 to 100% by weight, particularly preferably 65 to 100% by weight, and most preferably 80 to 100% by weight.
  • the content of compound (2a) is relative to the total amount of colorant (A). It is preferably 50 to 100% by weight, more preferably 55 to 100% by weight, still more preferably 60 to 100% by weight, particularly preferably 65 to 100% by weight, and most preferably 80 to 100% by weight.
  • R 1B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2B to R 4B independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 10, and * represents the bond position.
  • at least one of R 2B to R 4B is an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a resin (B1) containing a structural unit (b1-1) represented by hereinafter, may be referred to as “constituent unit (b1-1)”).
  • the constituent unit (b1-1) may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types.
  • R 2B to R 4B are independently, preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group, and more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the resin (B1) is preferably described as a structural unit (b1-1), a structural unit (b1-2) derived from a polymerizable unsaturated compound having an acidic group (hereinafter, “constituent unit (b1-2)”).
  • Constituent unit (b1-2) a structural unit derived from a polymerizable unsaturated compound having an acidic group
  • the other structural unit (b1-3) hereinafter sometimes referred to as “constituent unit (b1-3)”.
  • the other structural unit (b1-3) means a structural unit different from the structural unit (b1-1) and the structural unit (b1-2).
  • the resin (B1) which is a copolymer only one kind of the structural unit (b1-1), the structural unit (b1-2) and the structural unit (b1-3) may be contained. Two or more kinds may be included.
  • the amount of the structural units (b1-1) when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol% is preferably from the viewpoint of solvent resistance of a color filter or the like obtained from the color curable composition. It is 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 30 mol%.
  • the amount of the structural unit (b1-2) when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol% is preferably 10 to 50 mol% from the viewpoint of the developability of the color curable composition. It is preferably 15 to 45 mol%, more preferably 20 to 40 mol%.
  • the amount of the structural units (b1-3) when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol% is determined by the developability of the color curable composition and the color filter obtained from the color curable composition. From the viewpoint of solvent resistance, it is preferably 1 to 89 mol%, more preferably 15 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 70 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (B1) is 1,000 to 50,000, preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3, from the viewpoint of developability of the color-curable composition. It is 000 to 30,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the silyl group equivalent of the resin (B1) is preferably 400 to 4,000, more preferably 450 to, from the viewpoint of solvent resistance of a color filter or the like obtained from a heat-decomposable, heat-yellowing and color-curable composition. It is 3,000. When the silyl group equivalent of the resin (B1) is 400 or more, it is effective in further enhancing the heat-resistant decomposition property and heat-resistant yellowing of the colored pattern or the colored coating film.
  • the acid value of the resin (B1) is preferably 20 to 300 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of the developability of the color curable composition. More preferably, it is 30 to 200 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the resin (B1) is a value measured using a mixed indicator of bromothymol blue and phenol red according to JIS K6901 5.3, and is necessary for neutralizing 1 g of the resin (B1). It is a value calculated as the amount of potassium hydroxide (mg), and can be obtained, for example, by titrating with an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide.
  • the content of the resin (B1) is preferably 10 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 10 to 60 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A). It is more preferably 10 to 55 parts by weight, particularly preferably 25 to 55 parts by weight, and most preferably 30 to 55 parts by weight.
  • the resin (B1) is prepared by the following formula (2b) in the presence of a solvent.
  • the resin (B1) which is a copolymer
  • a compound (m1-1) and, if necessary, another compound are dissolved in a solvent to prepare a solution, and then a polymerization initiator is added to the solution. It can be produced by reacting at 50 to 130 ° C. for 1 to 20 hours.
  • the resin (B1) which is a copolymer containing the structural unit (b1-1), the structural unit (b1-2) and the structural unit (b1-3), is a compound (m1-1) and an acidic group in the presence of a solvent.
  • Polymerizable unsaturated compound (m1-2) hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (m1-2)
  • compound (m1-3) hereinafter “compound (m1-m1-)”
  • the other polymerizable unsaturated compound (m1-3) means a polymerizable unsaturated compound different from the compound (m1-1) and the compound (m1-2).
  • the structural unit (b1-1) is derived from the compound (m1-1)
  • the structural unit (b1-2) is derived from the compound (m1-2)
  • the structural unit (b1-3) is derived from the compound (m1-m1-). Derived from 3).
  • the resin (B1) which is a copolymer, is obtained by dissolving, for example, compound (m1-1), compound (m1-2) and compound (m1-3) in a solvent to prepare a solution, and then polymerizing the solution. It can be produced by adding an initiator and reacting at 50 to 130 ° C. for 1 to 20 hours.
  • Examples of the compound (m1-1) include 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- Examples thereof include (meth) acryloyloxypropyl ethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane.
  • 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane are preferable from the viewpoint of availability and reactivity.
  • "3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane” means at least one selected from 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane. Other similar statements have the same meaning.
  • Examples of the compound (m1-2) include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, and 2- (meth). ) Acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate and the like.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is preferable from the viewpoint of availability and reactivity.
  • Examples of the compound (m1-3) include the following: butadiene; Methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylic rate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) ) Acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl ( Meta) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohe
  • the compound (m1-3) includes methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate N, N-dimethylamide, (meth) acrylic morpho Phosphorus, styrene, vinyltoluene and norbornene are preferred, methyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl ( Meta) Acrylate, styrene and vinyl toluene are more preferred.
  • the compound (m1-3) is preferably an alkyl (meth) acrylate, more preferably a methyl (meth) acrylate, a benzyl (meth) acrylate, or a dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate. preferable.
  • the compound (m1-3) includes a functional group that reacts with an acidic group (for example, a glycidyl group, an oxetanyl group, an isocyanato group, a block isocyanato).
  • an acidic group for example, a glycidyl group, an oxetanyl group, an isocyanato group, a block isocyanato.
  • a polymerizable compound having a group) is preferable, and glycidyl (meth) acrylate and (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl methacrylate are more preferable.
  • Examples of the blocking agent used for blocking the above-mentioned isocyanato group include the following: Lactam-based blocking agents such as ⁇ -caprolactam, ⁇ -valerolactam, ⁇ -butyrolactam, ⁇ -propiolactam; Alcohol-based blocking agents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl carbitol, benzyl alcohol, phenyl cellosolve, furfuryl alcohol, cyclohexanol; Butylphenol such as phenol, cresol, xylenol, ethylphenol, o-isopropylphenol, p-tert-butylphenol, p-tert-octylphenol, nonylphenol, dinonylphenol, styrenated phenol, oxybenzoic acid ester, timole, p-naphthol
  • -Phenol-based blocking agents such as nitrophenol and p-chlorophenol; Active methylene block agents such as dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, and acetylacetone; Mercaptan-based blocking agents such as butyl mercaptan, thiophenol, tert-dodecyl mercaptan; Amine-based blocking agents such as diphenylamine, phenylnaphthylamine, aniline, and carbazole; Acid amide blocking agents such as acetanilide, acetanilide, acetate amide, benzamide; Acid-imide-based blocking agents such as succinate imide and maleate imide; Imidazole-based blocking agents such as imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, and 2-ethylimidazole; Urea-based blocking agents such as urea, thiourea, and ethylene
  • the solvent used for the polymerization has 3 carbon atoms. It is preferable to contain a hydroxy group-containing solvent of ⁇ 10. Examples of the hydroxy group-containing solvent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms include monoalcohols such as propyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, pentyl alcohol, hexyl alcohol, octyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, decyl alcohol and benzyl alcohol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and ethylene.
  • Glycol monoethyl ether diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol
  • Examples thereof include (poly) alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether and tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether.
  • the solvent used for the polymerization may contain a solvent other than the hydroxy group-containing solvent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the solvent include (poly) alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; diethylene glycol dimethyl ether and diethylene glycol methyl.
  • Ethers such as ethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and 3-heptanone; methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl propionate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, acetate Butyl, isobutyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, propyl butyrate, isopropy
  • the content of the hydroxy group-containing solvent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms with respect to the total amount of the solvent used for the polymerization is 10 to 100% by weight from the viewpoint of controlling the weight molecular weight and the polydispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin (B1). It is preferably, and more preferably 20 to 100% by weight.
  • the amount of the solvent used in the polymerization is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 30 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the compound (m1-1), the compound (m1-2) and the compound (m1-3). It is 1,000 parts by weight, more preferably 50 to 800 parts by weight.
  • the polymerization initiator that can be used for the polymerization is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2, Examples thereof include 2'-azobis (isobutyric acid) dimethyl, benzoyl peroxide, and tert-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate.
  • the amount of the polymerization initiator used is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the compound (m1-1), the compound (m1-2) and the compound (m1-3) used. It is ⁇ 20 parts by weight, more preferably 1.0 to 10 parts by weight.
  • the resin (B) may contain a resin (B2) different from the resin (B1).
  • the resin (B2) is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, and at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides (hereinafter, "monomer (m2-1)"). It is preferable that the polymer contains a structural unit derived from (may be described as). In the polymer, the structural unit may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types.
  • the resin (B2) is a monomer having a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-1), a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter, “monomer (m2-)”. It is more preferable that the copolymer contains a structural unit derived from (2) ”.
  • the copolymer may contain other structural units. As other structural units, for example, a monomer (m2-1) and a monomer different from the monomer (m2-2) (hereinafter, "monomer (m2-3)" may be described. ), A structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and the like.
  • each of the constituent units may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types.
  • Examples of the monomer (m2-1) include the following: Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid and unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid; Maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, 3-vinylphthalic acid, 4-vinylphthalic acid, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, dimethyl Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid and 1,4-cyclohexendicarboxylic acid; Methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 5-carboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, Bicyclounsaturated compounds containing carboxy groups such as 5-carboxymethylbicyclo
  • acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and maleic anhydride are preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity and the solubility of the obtained resin in an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the monomer (m2-2) refers to a polymerizable compound having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the monomer (m2-2) is preferably a monomer having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • Examples of the cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms include an oxylan ring, an oxetane ring, and a tetrahydrofuran ring.
  • Examples of the monomer (m2-2) include a monomer having an oxylanyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter, may be referred to as “monomer (m2-2-1)”), and oxetanyl.
  • a monomer having a group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer (m2-2-2)
  • a monomer having a tetrahydrofuryl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond hereinafter, it may be described as “monomer (m2-2-3)
  • monomer (m2-2-3) monomer having a tetrahydrofuryl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond
  • the monomer (m2-2-1) for example, a monomer having a structure in which a linear or branched aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter, “monomer (m2-2)”. -1a) ”) and a monomer having an alicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon epoxidized structure (hereinafter, may be described as“ (monomer m2-2-1b) ”. ).
  • the monomer (m2-2-1a) a monomer having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable.
  • the monomer (m2-2-1a) include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -methylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -ethylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl vinyl ether, vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, and ⁇ -methyl.
  • Examples of the monomer (m2-2-1b) include vinylcyclohexene monooxide, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane (for example, celloxide® 2000; manufactured by Daicel), 3,4-epoxy. Cyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate (eg, Cyclomer® A400; manufactured by Daicel), 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate (eg, Cyclomer® M100; manufactured by Daicel), formula. Examples thereof include a compound represented by (BI) and a compound represented by the formula (BII).
  • Ra and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a hydroxy group.
  • X a and X b are each independently a single bond, * - R c -, * - R c -O -, * - R c -S- or * -R c -NH- the stands, R c represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and * represents a bond position with O.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (BI) include compounds represented by any of the formulas (I-1) to (I-15). Among them, formulas (I-1), formulas (I-3), formulas (I-5), formulas (I-7), formulas (I-9) and formulas (I-11) to formulas (I-15).
  • the compound represented by any of the above is preferable, and the compound represented by any of the formula (I-1), the formula (I-7), the formula (I-9) and the formula (I-15) is more preferable.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (BII) include compounds represented by any of the formulas (II-1) to (II-15). Among them, formula (II-1), formula (II-3), formula (II-5), formula (II-7), formula (II-9) and formulas (II-11) to formulas (II-15).
  • the compound represented by any of the above is preferable, and the compound represented by any of the formula (II-1), the formula (II-7), the formula (II-9) and the formula (II-15) is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the formula (BI) and the compound represented by the formula (BII) may be used independently, respectively, and the compound represented by the formula (BI) and the compound represented by the formula (BII) may be used alone. May be used in combination with. When these are used in combination, the molar ratio of the compound represented by the formula (BI) and the compound represented by the formula (BII) (the compound represented by the formula (BI): the compound represented by the formula (BII)) is used. , It is preferably 5:95 to 95: 5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and even more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
  • Examples of the monomer (m2-3) include the following: Methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, Lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6] decan-9-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6] decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6] Decene-9-yl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyloxye
  • the monomers (m2-3) include styrene, vinyltoluene, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane-8-yl (meth) acrylate, and tricyclo [ 5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decane-9-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.
  • the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably a structural unit having a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the resin (B2) having such a structural unit is a polymer containing a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-1) and a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-2). It can be obtained by adding a group capable of reacting with the group having the group and a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond for example, a structural unit obtained by adding glycidyl (meth) acrylate to the (meth) acrylic acid unit, and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate as the maleic anhydride unit.
  • Constituent units obtained by addition structural units obtained by adding (meth) acrylic acid to glycidyl (meth) acrylate units, and structural units obtained by adding carboxylic acid anhydride to structural units having a hydroxy group. Units and the like can be mentioned.
  • a polymer containing a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-1) can be produced, for example, by polymerizing the monomer constituting the structural unit of the polymer in a solvent in the presence of a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator, solvent and the like are not particularly limited, and those usually used in the art can be used.
  • the polymerization initiator include azo compounds (2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), etc.) and organic peroxides (benzoyl peroxide, etc.).
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves each monomer, and examples thereof include the solvent (H) described later.
  • the solution after the reaction may be used as it is, a concentrated or diluted solution may be used, or the polymer is taken out as a solid (powder) by a method such as reprecipitation. May be used.
  • a carboxylic acid anhydride having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be used as the monomer.
  • the carboxylic acid anhydride include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic acid anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and the like. Examples thereof include 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride.
  • Examples of the resin (B2) include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl.
  • the combination is a combination of 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (B2) is preferably 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 5,000 to 30,000. ..
  • the polydispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin (B2) (that is, the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn)) is preferably 1.1 to 6, more preferably 1.2. ⁇ 4.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin (B2) are values calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B2) is preferably 10 to 300 mgKOH / g, more preferably 20 to 250 mgKOH / g, even more preferably 20 to 200 mgKOH / g, still more preferably 20 to 170 mgKOH / g. It is even more preferably 30 to 170 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 50 to 150 mgKOH / g, even more preferably 60 to 140 mgKOH / g, and most preferably 60 to 135 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the resin (B2) is a value calculated as the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the resin (B2), for example, by titrating with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution. Can be sought.
  • the resin (B2) When the resin (B2) is used, its content with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A) is from the viewpoint of storage stability of the color curable composition and heat resistance of a color filter or the like obtained from the color curable composition. Therefore, it is preferably 10 to 40 parts by weight, and more preferably 10 to 30 parts by weight.
  • the solvent (E) is not particularly limited, and a solvent known in the field of color curable composition can be used.
  • the solvent (E) include an ester solvent (a solvent containing -COO- in the molecule and not containing -O-) and an ether solvent (a solvent containing -O- in the molecule and not containing -COO-).
  • Ether ester solvent solvent containing -COO- and -O- in the molecule
  • ketone solvent solvent containing -CO- in the molecule and not containing -COO-
  • alcohol solvent OH in the molecule
  • the concept of "-O-” does not include “-O-" in "-COO-”
  • the concept of "-CO-” includes “-CO-" in "-COO-”. Is not included.
  • ester solvent examples include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl formate, isopentyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, and the like.
  • ester solvent examples include butyl butyrate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, cyclohexanol acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • ether solvent examples include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol mono.
  • Ethyl ether propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether , Diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, anisole, phenetol, methyl anisole and the like.
  • ether ester solvent examples include methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3 -Ethyl ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionic acid Methyl, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoe
  • ketone solvent examples include 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, acetone, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, diacetone alcohol, and cyclo.
  • examples include pentanone, cyclohexanone and isophorone.
  • alcohol solvent examples include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin and the like.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvent examples include benzene, toluene, xylene and mesitylene.
  • amide solvent examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • the solvent (E) is preferably 3-methoxybutanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diacetone. At least one selected from the group consisting of alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and N, N-dimethylformamide, more preferably 3-methoxybutanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether.
  • the content of the solvent (E) is preferably 70 to 95% by weight, more preferably 75 to 90% by weight, still more preferably 80 to 90% by weight, based on the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
  • composition of the present invention may contain other components different from the above components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Other components include, for example, additives known in the field of color curable compositions.
  • a dispersant may be used as another component.
  • the dispersant include surfactants.
  • the surfactant may be any of a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, and an amphoteric surfactant.
  • examples of the surfactant include polyester-based surfactants, polyamine-based surfactants, acrylic-based surfactants, and the like.
  • Commercially available dispersants include KP (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Floren (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Solspers (registered trademark) (Zeneca), EFKA (BASF), Aziper (registered trademark) (Ajinomoto).
  • a dispersant When a dispersant is used, its content is preferably 35 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 35 to 65 parts by weight, still more preferably 40 to 65 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A). Particularly preferably, it is 40 to 60 parts by weight.
  • the composition of the present invention is, for example, a colorant (A) containing at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a), and a resin (B) containing a resin (B1). , Solvent (E), and if necessary, other components (eg, dispersant) can be mixed.
  • the device for mixing each component is not particularly limited, and a device known in the field of color curable composition can be used.
  • a component for example, a pigment
  • a color-curable composition can be produced by mixing the composition of the present invention obtained as described above, the polymerizable compound (C), and the polymerization initiator (D).
  • the solvent (E) may be further added.
  • the solvent (E) that can be used for producing the color-curable composition include those described in the solvent (E) of the composition of the present invention.
  • the content of the solvent (E) is preferably 70 to 90% by weight, more preferably 75 to 90% by weight, still more preferably 80 to 90% by weight, based on the total amount of the color curable composition.
  • This initial viscosity is a value measured using a cone plate type (E type) viscometer under the conditions of a rotation speed of 100 rpm and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) is a compound that can be polymerized by active radicals and / or acids generated from the polymerization initiator (D).
  • the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
  • Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include compounds having a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the radically polymerizable compound is preferably (meth) acrylates.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound (C) include the following: Compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated bond such as nonylphenylcarbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexylcarbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone; 1,6-Hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A bis (acryloyloxyethyl) ether and Compounds with two ethylenically unsaturated bonds, such as 3-methylpentanediol di (meth) acrylate; Compounds with three ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pent
  • a compound having seven or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol nona (meth) acrylate, and tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and more preferably a polymerizable compound having 5 or 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable.
  • KAYARAD registered trademark
  • DPHA Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • A-TMM-3LM-N Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • A9550 Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably 150 or more and 2,900 or less, and more preferably 250 or more and 1,500 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (C) of 1,000 or more is a weight average molecular weight (Mw) calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably 7 to 65% by weight, more preferably 13 to 60% by weight, still more preferably 17 to 55% by weight, based on the total solid content of the color curable composition. Is. When the content of the polymerizable compound (C) is within the above range, the residual film ratio at the time of forming the coloring pattern and the chemical resistance of the color filter tend to be improved.
  • the polymerization initiator (D) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating active radicals, acids and the like by the action of light or heat and initiating the polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C), and is known to initiate polymerization. Agents can be used.
  • the polymerization initiator (D) is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) is a radically polymerizable compound, and the polymerization initiator (D) is a photoradical polymerization initiator (that is, the curable composition is a photocurable composition). Is more preferable.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an O-acyloxime compound, an alkylphenone compound, a triazine compound, an acylphosphine oxide compound and a biimidazole compound, and more preferably an O-acyloxime compound. Is.
  • the O-acyloxime compound is a compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d1) (in the following formula, * represents a binding position).
  • O-acyloxym compound examples include N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butane-1-one-2-imine and N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-.
  • TR-PBG327 manufactured by Joshu Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.
  • Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE01 Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE02
  • Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE03 Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE04
  • N- Commercially available products such as 1919 (manufactured by ADEKA) may be used.
  • the alkylphenone compound is a compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d2) or a partial structure represented by the formula (d3) (in the following formula, * represents a bond position).
  • the benzene ring may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d2) include 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- (4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4).
  • -Morphorinophenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] butane-1-one
  • Commercially available products such as Irgacure (registered trademark) 369, Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, and Irgacure (registered trademark) 379 (all manufactured by BASF) may be used.
  • Examples of the compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d3) include 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (2). -Hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] Propane-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- (4-isopropenylphenyl) propan-1-one oligomer, ⁇ , ⁇ -diethoxy Examples thereof include acetophenone and benzyl dimethyl ketal.
  • the alkylphenone compound is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d2).
  • triazine compound examples include 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxy).
  • acylphosphine oxide compound examples include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide.
  • Commercially available products such as Irgacure (registered trademark) 819 (manufactured by BASF) may be used.
  • biimidazole compound examples include 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole and 2,2'-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4.
  • Examples of the other polymerization initiator (D) include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether and benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, methyl o-benzoyl benzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4 Benzoyl compounds such as -benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenylsulfide, 3,3', 4,4'-tetra (tert-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone; 9,10-phenance Kinone compounds such as lenquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone and camphorquinone; 10-butyl-2-chloroacrydone, benzyl, methyl phenylglycioxylate, titanosen compounds and the like can be mentioned.
  • benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin
  • Examples of the acid generator include 4-hydroxyphenyldimethylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-hydroxyphenyldimethylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, 4-acetoxyphenyldimethylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-acetoxyphenylmethyl.
  • Onium salts such as benzylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, diphenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, nitrobenzyltosylate, benzoin Examples include tosilates.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator (D) is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). It is a department.
  • the color-curable composition may contain other components different from the above components.
  • Other components include, for example, additives known in the field of color curable compositions.
  • a leveling agent may be used as another ingredient.
  • the leveling agent include silicone-based surfactants and fluorine-based surfactants.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include a surfactant having a siloxane bond in the molecule.
  • examples of commercially available products include Torre Silicone DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400 (manufactured by Toray Dow Corning), KP321, KP322, KP323, KP324, and KP326.
  • TSF400 TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF4446, TSF4452, TSF4460 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Japan GK) and the like.
  • the silicone-based surfactant may have a fluorine atom.
  • examples of the silicone-based surfactant having a fluorine atom include Megafuck (registered trademark) R08, BL20, F475, F477 and F443 (manufactured by DIC Corporation).
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include a surfactant having a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule.
  • examples of commercially available products include Florard (registered trademark) FC430, FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), Megafuck (registered trademark) F142D, F171, F172, F173, F177, F183, and F554.
  • R30, RS-718-K (manufactured by DIC), Ftop (registered trademark) EF301, EF303, EF351, EF352 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronics Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon (registered trademark) S381, S382, Examples thereof include SC101, SC105 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and E5844 (manufactured by Daikin Fine Chemical Laboratory Co., Ltd.).
  • a leveling agent When a leveling agent is used, its content is preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by weight, more preferably 0.002 to 0.1% by weight, still more preferably, based on the total amount of the color curable composition. Is 0.01 to 0.05% by weight. When the content of the leveling agent is within the above range, the flatness of the color filter obtained from the color curable composition can be improved.
  • Production Example 1 Production of resin (B1-1) Put 750.0 parts of 3-methoxybutanol in a flask equipped with a stirrer, a dropping funnel, a condenser, a thermometer and a gas introduction tube, and stir while replacing with nitrogen. The temperature was raised to 80 ° C. Next, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was added to a monomer mixture consisting of 25.6 parts of methacrylic acid, 146.4 parts of 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 49.2 parts of methyl methacrylate. A product to which 28.8 parts (polymerization initiator) was added was added dropwise to the flask from the dropping funnel.
  • 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was added to a monomer mixture consisting of 25.6 parts of methacrylic acid, 146.4 parts of 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 49.
  • resin (B1-1) a copolymer (hereinafter referred to as “resin (B1-1)”) solution (solid content 20%).
  • the acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B1-1) was 82 mgKOH / g, its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 5,500, and its silyl group equivalent was 500.
  • Production Example 2 Production of Resin (B2-1) A flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer was set to have a nitrogen atmosphere, 280 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added, and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C. with stirring. Then, in the flask, 38 parts of acrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane-8-ylacrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.
  • resin (B2-1) copolymer (hereinafter referred to as “resin (B2-1)”) solution (solid content 35). .1%) was obtained.
  • the acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B2-1) was 77 mgKOH / g, its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 9,200, and its polydispersity (Mw / Mn) was 2.08.
  • Production Example 3 Production of resin (B2-2) The inside of a 1 L flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer is replaced with a nitrogen atmosphere, 141 parts of ethyl lactate and 178 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are added and stirred. While heating to 85 ° C. Then 38 parts of acrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane-8-ylacrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] .
  • the viscosity of the resin (B2-2) solution at 23 ° C. measured with a B-type viscometer was 23 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B2-2) was 111 mgKOH / g, its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 8,000, and its polydispersity (Mw / Mn) was 2.1. ..
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC under the following conditions.
  • Production Example 4 Production of a compound represented by the formula (1a-1) A compound represented by the following formula (1a-1) is prepared in the same manner as in Example 7 of JP-A-2018-127596. Manufactured as a colorant (A).
  • Production Example 5 Production of a compound represented by the formula (2a-1) A compound represented by the following formula (2a-1) is prepared in the same manner as in the method described in Synthesis Example 19 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-38201. Manufactured as a colorant (A).
  • Example 1 Production of composition (1) 7 parts of compound (1a-1), 3 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK (registered trademark) -2050 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), resin (B1-1) (solid content) (Conversion) 3 parts, 81 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 6 parts of diacetone alcohol and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads are mixed, and the obtained mixture is mixed for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). It was shaken. Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (1).
  • the content of the colorant (A) (compound (1a-1)) of the composition (1) was 53.8% with respect to the total amount of solids.
  • the content of the solvent (E) in the composition (1) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
  • Example 2 Production of composition (2) 7 parts of compound (1a-1), 3 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK (registered trademark) -2050 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), resin (B1-1) (solid content) 1 part of resin (B2-1) (solid content conversion), 81 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 6 parts of diacetone alcohol and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads are mixed and painted conditioner (LAU). The resulting mixture was shaken for 3 hours using. Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (2).
  • the content of the colorant (A) (compound (1a-1)) of the composition (2) was 53.8% with respect to the total amount of solids.
  • the content of the solvent (E) in the composition (2) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
  • Comparative Example 1 Production of composition (3) 7 parts of compound (1a-1), 3 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK (registered trademark) -2050 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), resin (B2-1) (solid content) (Conversion) 3 parts, 81 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 6 parts of diacetone alcohol and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads were mixed and shaken for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (3).
  • the content of the solid colorant (A) (compound (1a-1)) in the composition (3) was 53.8% of the total solid content.
  • the content of the solvent (E) in the composition (3) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
  • Example 3 Production of composition (4) 5 parts of compound (2a-1), 4 parts of dispersant (BYKLPN-21324 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), 4 parts of resin (B1-1) (solid content conversion) , 87 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads were mixed, and the obtained mixture was shaken for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (4).
  • the content of the colorant (A) (compound (2a-1)) of the composition (4) was 38.5% with respect to the total amount of solids.
  • the content of the solvent (E) in the composition (4) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
  • Comparative Example 2 Production of composition (5) 5 parts of compound (2a-1), 4 parts of dispersant (BYKLPN-21324 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), 4 parts of resin (B2-1) (solid content conversion) , 87 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads were mixed and shaken for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (5).
  • the content of the colorant (A) (compound (2a-1)) of the composition (5) was 38.5% with respect to the total amount of solids.
  • the content of the solvent (E) in the composition (5) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
  • Viscosity thickening rate (%) 100 x viscosity after storage (mPa ⁇ s) / initial viscosity (mPa ⁇ s) The thickening rate was calculated by. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • the color-curable compositions (1) to (3) obtained by using the compound (1a-1) as the colorant (A) include the resin (B-1).
  • the thickening rates (at 101% and 102%) of the color-curable compositions (1) and (2) obtained from (1) and (2) are based on the resin (B-1). It was suppressed more than the thickening rate (111%) of the color-curable composition (3) obtained from the composition (3) (Comparative Example 1) containing no.
  • the color-curable compositions (4) to (6) obtained by using the compound (2a-1) as the colorant (A) contain the resin (B-1).
  • the thickening rate (100%) of the color-curable composition (4) obtained from the composition (4) (Example 3) is the composition (5) containing no resin (B-1) (Comparative Example 2).
  • the thickening rates (104% and 103%) of the color-curable compositions (5) and (6) obtained from) were suppressed.
  • composition of the present invention By producing the composition of the present invention in advance and then producing a color-curable composition using the composition of the present invention, thickening of the color-curable composition can be suppressed.
  • a color curable composition is useful for producing, for example, a color filter.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Developing Agents For Electrophotography (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

According to the present invention, a composition which contains, as a coloring agent (A), a compound represented by formula (1a) or the like, and as a resin (B), a resin (B1) containing a constituent unit (b1-1) represented by formula (1b), wherein the content of the coloring agent (A) is from 35% by weight to 70% by weight with respect to the total solid content in the composition, is produced in advance, and a curable coloring composition is subsequently produced using the above-described composition. Consequently, thickening of the curable coloring composition is able to be suppressed. (In the formula, the symbols are as defined in the description.)

Description

着色剤を含有する組成物Compositions containing colorants
 本発明は、着色剤を含有する組成物に関する。本発明の組成物は、着色硬化性組成物を製造するために有用である。 The present invention relates to a composition containing a colorant. The composition of the present invention is useful for producing a color curable composition.
 着色硬化性組成物は、液晶表示装置、エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置およびプラズマディスプレイ等の表示装置に使用されるカラーフィルタの製造に用いられており、様々な組成物が開発されている。例えば、特許文献1には、溶剤、反応性希釈剤、光重合開始剤、着色剤、および式(1): Color curable compositions are used in the manufacture of color filters used in display devices such as liquid crystal display devices, electroluminescence display devices, and plasma displays, and various compositions have been developed. For example, Patent Document 1 describes a solvent, a reactive diluent, a photopolymerization initiator, a colorant, and the formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
[式(1)中の記号の定義は特許文献1の記載の通りである。]
で表される構成単位を含む共重合体を含むカラーフィルタ用樹脂組成物が記載されている。
[Definition of symbols in formula (1) is as described in Patent Document 1. ]
A resin composition for a color filter containing a copolymer containing a structural unit represented by is described.
WO 2018/110097 A1WO 2018/11007 A1
 着色剤(A)、樹脂(B)、重合性化合物(C)、重合開始剤(D)および溶剤(E)を含む着色硬化性組成物は、使用する着色剤(A)の種類によって、保存時にその粘度が増大するという問題があることを本発明者は見出した。本発明はこのような事情に着目してなされたものであって、その目的は、特定の着色剤を含む着色硬化性組成物の増粘を抑制することにある。 The color-curable composition containing the colorant (A), the resin (B), the polymerizable compound (C), the polymerization initiator (D) and the solvent (E) is stored depending on the type of the colorant (A) used. The present inventor has found that there is a problem that the viscosity sometimes increases. The present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to suppress thickening of a color curable composition containing a specific colorant.
 上記目的を達成し得る本発明は、以下の通りである。
 [1] 着色剤(A)、樹脂(B)および溶剤(E)を含む組成物であって、
 着色剤(A)が、式(1a):
The present invention that can achieve the above object is as follows.
[1] A composition containing a colorant (A), a resin (B) and a solvent (E).
The colorant (A) has the formula (1a) :.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
[式(1a)中、R41aおよびR42aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR41aとR42aとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 R43aおよびR44aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR43aとR44aとが結合してそれらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 R47a~R54aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表し、
 Rは、炭素数1~12のフルオロアルキル基を表し、
 環T1aは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環または置換基を有していてもよい5~10員の芳香族複素環を表し、
 前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記5~10員の芳香族複素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
 前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が炭素数2~8のアルキル基である場合、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
 rは、1以上の整数を表し、
 Mr+は、水素イオン、r価の金属イオンまたはN(R55aを表し、四つのR55aは同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
 R55aは、水素原子、炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基または炭素数7~10のアラルキル基を表し、
 kは、式(1a-A):
[In the formula (1a), R 41a and R 42a may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41a and R 42a are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
R 43a and R 44a each independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 10 members together with a nitrogen atom to which R 43a and R 44a are bonded and bonded to each other. Forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
R 47a ~ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - have -SO 2 -R f or a substituent, Represents a good alkyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms
R f represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
Ring T 1a represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10 member aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
Substituents which may be the aralkyl group have the carbon number of 7 to 30, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f, And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
Aromatic hydrocarbon ring substituent that have the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
Wherein said 5 to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring substituent which may have of a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f , And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be
When the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-.
r represents an integer of 1 or more
Mr + represents a hydrogen ion, an r-valent metal ion or N + (R 55a ) 4 , and the four R 55a may be the same or different.
R 55a represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
k is the formula (1a-A):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
[式(1a-A)中、環T1a、R41a~R44aおよびR47a~R54aは、それぞれ、上記と同義である。]
で表されるアニオンが有する-SO および-SO-N-SO-Rの個数の合計を表し、且つ2以上の整数であり、
 rが2以上の整数である場合、式(1a-A)で表される複数のアニオンは、同一でも、異なっていてもよく、並びに
 k-1が2以上の整数である場合、複数のMr+は、同一でも、異なっていてもよい。]
で表される化合物、
 式(2a):
[In the formula (1a-A), the rings T 1a , R 41a to R 44a and R 47a to R 54a are synonymous with the above, respectively. ]
In -SO 3 anion has represented - and -SO 2 -N - represents the total number of -SO 2 -R f, a and an integer of 2 or more,
When r is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of anions represented by the formula (1a-A) may be the same or different, and when k-1 is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of M's may be present. r + may be the same or different. ]
Compound represented by,
Equation (2a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
[式(2a)中、R41bおよびR42bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR41bとR42bとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 R43bおよびR44bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR43bとR44bとが結合してそれらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 R47b~R54bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表し、
 環T1bは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環または置換基を有していてもよい5~10員の芳香族複素環を表し、
 前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記5~10員の芳香族複素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
 前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が炭素数2~8のアルキル基である場合、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
 mは、1以上の整数を表し、
 [Y]m-は、m価のアニオンを表し、並びに
 mが2以上の整数である場合、式(2a-C):
[In the formula (2a), R 41b and R 42b may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41b and R 42b are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
R 43b and R 44b independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 10 members together with a nitrogen atom to which R 43b and R 44b are bonded and bonded to each other. Forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
R 47b to R 54b each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, or a substituent.
Ring T 1b represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10 member aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of
The substituents that the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms may have are a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group consisting of
The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of
The substituents that the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle may have are a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group of groups,
The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be
When the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-.
m represents an integer of 1 or more
[Y] m- represents an m-valent anion, and when m is an integer of 2 or more, the formula (2a-C):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[式(2a-C)中、環T1b、R41b~R44bおよびR47b~R54bは、それぞれ、上記と同義である。]
で表される複数のカチオンは、同一でも、異なっていてもよい。]
で表される化合物、および
 式(3a):
[In the formula (2a-C), rings T 1b , R 41b to R 44b and R 47b to R 54b are synonymous with the above, respectively. ]
The plurality of cations represented by may be the same or different. ]
The compound represented by, and formula (3a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
[式(3a)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基または-R12-Si(R13を表すか、或いはRとRとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基または-R12-Si(R13で表される基を表すか、或いはRとRとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 Rは、-OH、-SO 、-SO 、-SO、-CO 、-CO、または-SONR10を表し、
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、
 pは、0~5の整数を表し、pが2以上の整数である場合、複数のRは同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
 qは、0または1を表し、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表し、
 Zは、N(R11、NaまたはKを表し、四つのR11は同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
 Rは、水素原子、またはハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基を表し、
 RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基を表すか、或いはRとR10とが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 R11は、水素原子、炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基または炭素数7~10のアラルキル基を表し、
 R12は、炭素数1~10のアルカンジイル基を表し、
 R13は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基または炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、および三つのR13は、それぞれ同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
 R~Rの前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびカルボキシ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 R~Rの前記炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、-OR、-SO 、-SO 、-SO、-CO 、-COおよび-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 R~Rの前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR11-に置き換わっていてもよく、
 RおよびR10の前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびハロゲン原子からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 RおよびR10の前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR-に置き換わっていてもよく、
 R12の前記炭素数1~10のアルカンジイル基が炭素数2~20のアルカンジイル基である場合、前記アルカンジイル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR-に置き換わっていてもよく、並びに
 式(3a)で表される化合物中にイオンの形態の-SO が存在する場合、その数は1個である。]
で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つを含み、
 樹脂(B)が、式(1b):
[In the formula (3a), R 1 and R 2 may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. A good aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 is represented, or R 1 and R 2 are bonded and 3 to 10 members together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. Forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
R 3 and R 4 independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group represented by -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , or contains 3 to 10 members together with the nitrogen atom to which R 3 and R 4 are bonded. Forming a nitrogen heterocycle,
R 5 is, -OH, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8, or represents -SO 2 NR 9 R 10,
R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
p represents an integer of 0 to 5, and when p is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 5s may be the same or different.
q represents 0 or 1 and represents
X represents a halogen atom
Z + stands for N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , and the four R 11s may be the same or different.
R 8 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or R 9 and R 10 are bonded to each other. Together with the nitrogen atoms they bind to, they form a 3-10 member nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 12 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the three R 13s may be the same or different, respectively.
The substituents that the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have are aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, formyl groups and carboxy groups. At least one selected from the group of groups,
The substituents that may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a halogen atom. saturated hydrocarbon group of ~ 20, -OR 8, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8 and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 At least one selected from the group consisting of
When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 4 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 11 - may be replaced to,
The substituents of the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a halogen atom.
When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 8 - may be replaced to,
When the alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkanediyl group is -O-, -CO- or -NR. 8 - may be replaced in, and -SO 3 in the form of ions in the compound represented by formula (3a) - if there is, the number is one. ]
Containing at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by
The resin (B) is the formula (1b):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[式(1b)中、R1Bは、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、
 R2B~R4Bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基または炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表し、
 nは、1~10の整数を表し、および
 *は、結合位置を表し、
 但し、R2B~R4Bの少なくとも一つは、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基である。]
で表される構成単位(b1-1)を含む樹脂(B1)を含み、並びに
 着色剤(A)の含有量が、組成物の固形分の総量に対して35~70重量%である組成物。
 [2] 着色剤(A)の含有量が、組成物の固形分の総量に対して40~70重量%である前記[1]に記載の組成物。
[In formula (1b), R 1B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 2B to R 4B independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
n represents an integer from 1 to 10, and * represents the bond position.
However, at least one of R 2B to R 4B is an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
A composition containing a resin (B1) containing the structural unit (b1-1) represented by, and having a content of the colorant (A) of 35 to 70% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition. ..
[2] The composition according to the above [1], wherein the content of the colorant (A) is 40 to 70% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition.
 [3] 式(1a)中の環T1aが、式(1t): [3] The ring T 1a in the formula (1a) is the formula (1t):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
[式(1t)中、R45aおよびR46aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR45aとR46aとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 R56aは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表し、
 L1aは、硫黄原子、酸素原子または-NR57a-を表し、
 R57aは、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表し、
 前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 Rは、炭素数1~12のフルオロアルキル基を表し、並びに
 *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
で表される環である前記[1]または[2]に記載の組成物。
[In the formula (1t), R 45a and R 46a may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45a and R 46a are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
R 56a is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a group.
L 1a represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57a- .
R 57a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
Substituents which may be the aralkyl group have the carbon number of 7 to 30, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f, And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
R f represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ]
The composition according to the above [1] or [2], which is a ring represented by.
 [4] 式(1a)中、rが2であり、およびMr+が2価の金属イオンである前記[1]~[3]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。 [4] The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [3], wherein r is 2 and Mr + is a divalent metal ion in the formula (1a).
 [5] 式(1a)中、R41aおよびR43aが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R42aおよびR44aが、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 R47a~R54aが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基または-SO であり
 環T1aが、式(1t):
[5] In the formula (1a), R 41a and R 43a are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 42a and R 44a are each independently an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
R 47a ~ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - and ring T 1a has the formula (1t):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
[式(1t)中、R45aが、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R46aが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 R56aが、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 L1aが、硫黄原子であり、並びに
 *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
で表される環であり、
 rが、2であり、
 kが、式(1a-A)で表されるアニオンが有する-SO の個数の合計を表し、且つ2であり、
 式(1a-A)で表される二つのアニオンが、同一であり、並びに
 Mr+が、バリウムイオンである前記[1]または[2]に記載の組成物。
[In the formula (1t), R 45a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 46a is an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
R 56a is a halogen atom, an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
L 1a is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ]
It is a ring represented by
r is 2,
k is, -SO 3 having the anion represented by the formula (1a-A) - represents the total number of a and 2,
The composition according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the two anions represented by the formula (1a-A) are the same, and Mr + is a barium ion.
 [6] 式(2a)中の環T1bが、式(2t): [6] The ring T 1b in the formula (2a) is the formula (2t):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
[式(2t)中、R45bおよびR46bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR45bとR46bとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
 R56bは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表し、
 L1bは、硫黄原子、酸素原子または-NR57b-を表し、
 R57bは、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表し、
 前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
 前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、並びに
 *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
で表される環である前記[1]~[5]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
[In the formula (2t), R 45b and R 46b may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45b and R 46b are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
R 56b is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a group.
L 1b represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57b-
R 57b represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
The substituent which may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups,
The substituent which the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms may have is from a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group
The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group, and * is a carbocation. Represents the connection position of. ]
The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [5], which is a ring represented by.
 [7] 式(2a)中の[Y]m-が、タングステン原子を含有するポリ酸アニオンである前記[1]~[6]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
 [8] 式(2a)中の[Y]m-が、[PW12403-、[P18626-、[P18626-、[SiW12404-、[SiW12404-、[SiW12404-、[P176110-、[P155612-、[H124812-、[NaP3011014-、[SiW3410-、[SiW10368-、[SiW11398-、[SiW11398-、[W192-、[W10324-または[WO2-である前記[1]~[6]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
[7] The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [6], wherein [Y] m− in the formula (2a) is a polyacid anion containing a tungsten atom.
[8] [Y] m- in equation (2a) is [PW 12 O 40 ] 3- , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6- , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6- , [SiW 12 ]. O 40 ] 4- , [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4- , [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4- , [P 2 W 17 O 61 ] 10- , [P 2 W 15 O 56 ] 12- , [H 2 P] 2 W 12 O 48 ] 12- , [NaP 5 W 30 O 110 ] 14- , [SiW 9 O 34 ] 10- , [SiW 10 O 36 ] 8- , [SiW 11 O 39 ] 8- , [SiW 11 ] O 39 ] The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [6], which is 8- , [W 6 O 19 ] 2- , [W 10 O 32 ] 4- or [WO 4 ] 2- . ..
 [9] 式(2a)中、R41b、R43bおよびR47b~R54bが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R42bおよびR44bが、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 環T1bが、式(2t):
[9] In the formula (2a), R 41b , R 43b and R 47b to R 54b are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 42b and R 44b are phenyl groups which may independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
Ring T 1b is the equation (2t):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
[式(2t)中、R45bが、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R46bが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 R56bが、ハロゲン原子および炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 L1bが、硫黄原子であり、並びに
 *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
で表される環であり、
 mが、3であり、
 式(2a-C)で表される三つのカチオンが、同一であり、並びに
 [Y]m-が、[PW12403-である前記[1]~[5]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
[In formula (2t), R 45b is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 46b is a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 56b is a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
L 1b is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ]
It is a ring represented by
m is 3,
Any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein the three cations represented by the formula (2a-C) are the same, and [Y] m- is [PW 12 O 40 ] 3-. The composition according to.
 [10] 式(3a)中、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;カルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13であり、
 RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、カルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13であり、
 Rが、-SO であり、
 RおよびRが、共に水素原子であり、
 RおよびR10が、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R12が、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基であり、
 三つのR13が、共に炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
 pが、1であり、並びに
 qが、0である前記[1]~[9]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
[10] In the formula (3a), R 1 and R 3 are independently hydrogen atoms; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. And a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 ; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
R 2 and R 4 each independently consist of an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10. A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent of choice; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3
R 5 is, -SO 3 - and is,
R 6 and R 7 are both hydrogen atoms,
R 9 and R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
All three R 13s are alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [9], wherein p is 1 and q is 0.
 [11] 式(1a)で表される化合物、式(2a)で表される化合物および式(3a)で表される化合物の含有量の合計が、着色剤(A)の総量に対して50~100重量%である前記[1]~[10]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
 [12] 式(1a)で表される化合物、式(2a)で表される化合物および式(3a)で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つが、式(1a)で表される化合物であり、式(1a)で表される化合物の含有量が、着色剤(A)の総量に対して50~100重量%である前記[1]~[5]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
 [13] 式(1a)で表される化合物、式(2a)で表される化合物および式(3a)で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つが、式(2a)で表される化合物であり、式(2a)で表される化合物の含有量が、着色剤(A)の総量に対して50~100重量%である前記[1]、[2]および[6]~[9]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
[11] The total content of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is 50 with respect to the total amount of the colorant (A). The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [10], which is ~ 100% by weight.
[12] At least one selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is represented by the formula (1a). The compound according to any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (1a) is 50 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (A). Composition.
[13] At least one selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is represented by the formula (2a). The above-mentioned [1], [2] and [6] to [9], which are compounds and the content of the compound represented by the formula (2a) is 50 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (A). ] The composition according to any one of.
 [14] 樹脂(B1)が、構成単位(b1-1)、酸性基を有する重合性不飽和化合物に由来する構成単位(b1-2)および他の構成単位(b1-3)を含む共重合体であり、且つ共重合体中の全構成単位の合計を100モル%としたときの構成単位(b1-1)の量が、1~50モル%である前記[1]~[13]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
 [15] 樹脂(B1)の重量平均分子量が1,000~50,000である前記[1]~[14]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
 [16] 樹脂(B1)の含有量が、着色剤(A)100重量部に対して10~100重量部である前記[1]~[15]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
 [17] 樹脂(B1)の含有量が、着色剤(A)100重量部に対して10~60重量部である前記[1]~[15]のいずれか一つに記載の組成物。
[14] The resin (B1) has a co-weight containing a structural unit (b1-1), a structural unit derived from a polymerizable unsaturated compound having an acidic group (b1-2), and other structural units (b1-3). The above [1] to [13], wherein the amount of the structural unit (b1-1) is 1 to 50 mol% when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol%. The composition according to any one.
[15] The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [14], wherein the resin (B1) has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 50,000.
[16] The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [15], wherein the content of the resin (B1) is 10 to 100 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A).
[17] The composition according to any one of the above [1] to [15], wherein the content of the resin (B1) is 10 to 60 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A).
 まず、本発明の組成物を予め製造し、次いで本発明の組成物を用いて着色硬化性組成物を製造することによって、着色硬化性組成物の増粘を抑制することができる。 First, the composition of the present invention is produced in advance, and then the color-curable composition is produced using the composition of the present invention, whereby thickening of the color-curable composition can be suppressed.
 本発明の組成物は、着色剤(A)、樹脂(B)および溶剤(E)を含む。本発明の組成物は、着色剤(A)が、式(1a)で表される化合物、式(2a)で表される化合物、および式(3a)で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つを含み、樹脂(B)が、式(1b)で表される構成単位(b1-1)を含む樹脂(B1)を含み、並びに着色剤(A)の含有量が、組成物の固形分の総量に対して35~70重量%であることを特徴とする。ここで、「組成物の固形分の総量」とは、組成物の総量から溶剤(H)の含有量を除いた量のことをいう。固形分の総量および各成分の含有量は、例えば、液体クロマトグラフィーまたはガスクロマトグラフィーなどの公知の分析手段で測定することができる。 The composition of the present invention contains a colorant (A), a resin (B) and a solvent (E). In the composition of the present invention, the colorant (A) is selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (1a), a compound represented by the formula (2a), and a compound represented by the formula (3a). The composition comprises at least one, the resin (B) contains the resin (B1) containing the structural unit (b1-1) represented by the formula (1b), and the content of the colorant (A) is the composition. It is characterized in that it is 35 to 70% by weight with respect to the total amount of solid content. Here, the "total amount of solids in the composition" refers to the amount obtained by subtracting the content of the solvent (H) from the total amount of the composition. The total amount of solids and the content of each component can be measured by a known analytical means such as liquid chromatography or gas chromatography.
 本明細書中、「式(1a)で表される化合物」を「化合物(1a)」と略称することがある。また、他の式で表される化合物、アニオンおよびカチオンも同様に略称することがある。また、本発明の組成物の各成分、着色硬化性組成物の各成分、各成分を製造するための原料等は、特に断りのない限り、いずれも1種のみを使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 In the present specification, "compound represented by formula (1a)" may be abbreviated as "compound (1a)". In addition, compounds represented by other formulas, anions and cations may be abbreviated in the same manner. Further, unless otherwise specified, only one kind may be used for each component of the composition of the present invention, each component of the color curable composition, the raw material for producing each component, and the like. Seeds or more may be used together.
 本発明は、特定の着色剤(即ち、化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つ)を使用することを特徴とする。本発明者は、特定の着色剤を含む着色硬化性組成物の粘度が保存時に増大するという問題があることを見出した。この問題を解決するため、本発明者が鋭意検討を重ねた結果、まず、特定の着色剤を含む着色剤(A)と、式(1b)で表される構成単位(b1-1)を含む樹脂(B1)を含む樹脂(B)と、溶剤(E)とを混合して組成物を製造し、得られた組成物と、重合性化合物(C)と、重合開始剤(D)と、必要に応じて他の成分とを混合して着色硬化性組成物を製造することによって、着色硬化性組成物の増粘を抑制し得ることを見出した。以下、本発明について順に説明する。 The present invention is characterized in that a specific colorant (ie, at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a)) is used. The present inventor has found that there is a problem that the viscosity of a color curable composition containing a specific colorant increases during storage. As a result of diligent studies by the present inventor in order to solve this problem, first, a colorant (A) containing a specific colorant and a structural unit (b1-1) represented by the formula (1b) are included. A composition is produced by mixing a resin (B) containing a resin (B1) and a solvent (E), and the obtained composition, a polymerizable compound (C), a polymerization initiator (D), and the like. It has been found that thickening of the color-curable composition can be suppressed by producing a color-curable composition by mixing it with other components as needed. Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in order.
<定義>
 まず、本明細書中で用いられる基の定義について説明する。特段の記載が無い限り、基は以下の定義を有する。
 本明細書中、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
<Definition>
First, the definition of the group used in the present specification will be described. Unless otherwise stated, groups have the following definitions:
In the present specification, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
 本明細書中、飽和炭化水素基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状および環状のいずれでもよい。炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、イコシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等の炭素数1~20のアルキル基;シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、トリシクロデシル基等の炭素数3~20の脂環式飽和炭化水素基が挙げられる。 In the present specification, the saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group and a hexadecyl group. , Icosyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group and other alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms; cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, tri Examples thereof include an alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as a cyclodecyl group.
 本明細書中、アルキル基は、直鎖状および分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。炭素数1~10のアルキル基の例としては、上述の炭素数1~20のアルキル基の例示の中で炭素数が1~10であるものが挙げられる。他の炭素数が異なるアルキル基の例示も同様である。また、アルキル基以外の基についても、炭素数が異なるものの例示は同様である。例えば、炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基の例としては、上述の炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基の例示の中で炭素数が2~20であるものが挙げられる。 In the present specification, the alkyl group may be either linear or branched. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the above-mentioned examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The same applies to the examples of other alkyl groups having different carbon atoms. The same applies to groups other than alkyl groups, although they have different carbon atoms. For example, examples of saturated hydrocarbon groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in the above-mentioned examples of saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 本明細書中、アルカンジイル基は、直鎖状および分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。炭素数1~10のアルカンジイル基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、イソプロピレン基、イソブチレン基、2-メチルトリメチレン基、イソペンチレン基、イソヘキシレン基、イソオクチレン基、2-エチルへキシレン基等が挙げられる。 In the present specification, the alkanediyl group may be either linear or branched. Examples of the arcandyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an isopropylene group, an isobutylene group, a 2-methyltrimethylene group and an isopentylene. Examples thereof include a group, an isohexylene group, an isooctylene group and a 2-ethylhexylene group.
 本明細書中、フルオロアルキル基は、直鎖状および分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。炭素数1~12のフルオロアルキル基としては、例えば、モノフルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロメチル基、モノフルオロエチル基、ジフルオロエチル基、トリフルオロエチル基、テトラフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、モノフルオロプロピル基、ジフルオロプロピル基、トリフルオロプロピル基、テトラフルオロプロピル基、ペンタフルオロプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、モノフルオロブチル基、ジフルオロブチル基、トリフルオロブチル基、テトラフルオロブチル基、ペンタフルオロブチル基、ヘキサフルオロブチル基、ヘプタフルオロブチル基、オクタフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロブチル基が挙げられる。 In the present specification, the fluoroalkyl group may be either linear or branched. Examples of the fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include a monofluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a perfluoromethyl group, a monofluoroethyl group, a difluoroethyl group, a trifluoroethyl group, a tetrafluoroethyl group, and a perfluoroethyl group. Monofluoropropyl group, difluoropropyl group, trifluoropropyl group, tetrafluoropropyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, hexafluoropropyl group, perfluoropropyl group, monofluorobutyl group, difluorobutyl group, trifluorobutyl group, tetrafluorobutyl Examples thereof include a group, a pentafluorobutyl group, a hexafluorobutyl group, a heptafluorobutyl group, an octafluorobutyl group, and a perfluorobutyl group.
 本明細書中、アルコキシ基は、直鎖状および分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、イソブトキシ基、イソペンチルオキシ基、ネオペンチルオキシ基が挙げられる。 In the present specification, the alkoxy group may be either linear or branched. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, an isopropoxy group, an isobutoxy group, an isopentyloxy group and a neopentyloxy group. Can be mentioned.
 本明細書中、炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、例えば、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基、1-アントリル基、2-アントリル基、9-アントリル基が挙げられる。 In the present specification, examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms include, for example, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-anthryl group, a 2-anthryl group, and a 9-anthryl group. Can be mentioned.
 本明細書中、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、3-フェニルプロピル基が挙げられる。 In the present specification, examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group and a 3-phenylpropyl group.
 本明細書中、含窒素複素環は、単環および縮合環のいずれでもよい。3~10員の含窒素複素環としては、例えば、ピロリジン環、モルホリン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環が挙げられる。 In the present specification, the nitrogen-containing heterocycle may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle include a pyrrolidine ring, a morpholine ring, a piperidine ring, and a piperazine ring.
 本明細書中、芳香族炭化水素環は、単環および縮合環のいずれでもよい。炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環は、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環およびアントラセン環のいずれでもよい。 In the present specification, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may be any of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring and an anthracene ring.
 本明細書中、芳香族複素環は、単環および縮合環のいずれでもよい。5~10員の芳香族複素環としては、例えば、ピロール環、オキサゾール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、チアゾール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、インドール環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、キノリン環、ベンゾフラン環等が挙げられる。 In the present specification, the aromatic heterocycle may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle include a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a thiazole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, and an indole ring. Examples thereof include a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a quinoline ring, and a benzofuran ring.
<着色剤(A)>
 着色剤(A)は、化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つを含む。
<Colorant (A)>
The colorant (A) comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a).
 まず、下記式(1a)中の基等について順に説明する。 First, the groups and the like in the following formula (1a) will be described in order.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(1a)中のR41aおよびR42aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR41aとR42aとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。 R 41a and R 42a in the formula (1a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41a and R 42a are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
 式(1a)中の炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 式(1a)中の炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよい。ここで前記-CH-には、窒素原子と結合している-CH-および前記飽和炭化水素基の末端であるメチル基中の-CH-は含まれない。また、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-CH-が、-O-O-または-CO-CO-に置き換わることはない。 When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O- or-. It may be replaced with CO-. Here, -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group. Further, -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is not replaced with -O-O- or -CO-CO-.
 式(1a)中の炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 Aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14 in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N It is at least one selected from the group consisting of --SO 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 式(1a)中の炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。
 式(1a)中のRは、炭素数1~12のフルオロアルキル基を表す。
Substituents which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO It is at least one selected from the group consisting of 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R f in the formula (1a) represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 式(1a)中の炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 式(1a)中の炭素数1~8のアルキル基が炭素数2~8のアルキル基である場合、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよい。ここで前記-CH-には、前記アルキル基の末端であるメチル基中の-CH-は含まれない。また、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-CH-が、-O-O-または-CO-CO-に置き換わることはない。 When the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (1a) is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be good. Wherein the -CH 2 - The, -CH 2 in a methyl group is the terminal of the alkyl group - is not included. Further, -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is not replaced with -OO- or -CO-CO-.
 R41aは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。
 R42aは、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基である。
R 41a is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 42a is preferably an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - one as at least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably substituent selected from the group consisting or 2 It has a number of alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, more preferably one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent a, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
 式(1a)中のR43aおよびR44aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR43aとR44aとが結合してそれらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。 R 43a and R 44a in the formula (1a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or nitrogen in which R 43a and R 44a are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the atoms.
 R43aは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。
 R44aは、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基である。
R 43a is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 44a is preferably an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - one as at least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably substituent selected from the group consisting or 2 It has a number of alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, more preferably one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent a, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
 式(1a)中のR47a~R54aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表す。R47a~R54aは、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基または-SO であり、より好ましくは水素原子または-SO である。 R 47a ~ R 54a in formula (1a) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f , or substituted, Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a group. R 47a ~ R 54a are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - a -, more preferably a hydrogen atom or -SO 3.
 式(1a)中の環T1aは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環または置換基を有していてもよい5~10員の芳香族複素環を表す。 The ring T 1a in the formula (1a) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocycle having 5 to 10 members which may have a substituent. Represents.
 式(1a)中の炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 Aromatic hydrocarbon ring substituent which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14 in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N It is at least one selected from the group consisting of --SO 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 式(1a)中の5~10員の芳香族複素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 5-10 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring substituent which may have a in the formula (1a) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - - It is at least one selected from the group consisting of SO 2- R f and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 環T1aは、好ましくは式(1t): Ring T 1a is preferably of formula (1t):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
で表される環である。
 式(1t)中のR45aおよびR46aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR45aとR46aとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。
It is a ring represented by.
R 45a and R 46a in the formula (1t) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45a and R 46a are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
 式(1t)中の炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (1t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 式(1t)中の炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 Aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14 in the formula (1t) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N It is at least one selected from the group consisting of --SO 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 式(1t)中の炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 Substituents which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (1t) is a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO It is at least one selected from the group consisting of 2- R f , and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 式(1t)中の炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (1t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 R45aは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。
 R46aは、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基である。
R 45a is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 46a is preferably an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - one as at least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably substituent selected from the group consisting or 2 It has a number of alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, more preferably one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent a, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
 式(1t)中のR56aは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表す。 R 56a in the formula (1t) is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a hydrocarbon group or a substituent.
 R56aは、好ましくはハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のハロゲン原子を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のフッ素原子を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基である。 R 56a is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - 1 least one substituent a phenyl group which may have a selected from the group consisting of, more preferably a substituent It has a number or two halogen atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably has one or two fluorine atom as a substituent, and -SO 3 - and It is a phenyl group that may have.
 式(1t)中のL1aは、硫黄原子、酸素原子または-NR57a-を表す。R57aは、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。L1aは、好ましくは硫黄原子である。 L 1a in the formula (1t) represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57a- . R 57a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. L 1a is preferably a sulfur atom.
 式(1t)中の*は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。言い換えると、式(1t)中の-*は、結合を表す。他の式中の-*も、同様に結合を表す。 * In the formula (1t) represents the binding position with the carbocation. In other words, − * in equation (1t) represents a bond. -* In other equations also represents a bond.
 式(1a)中のrは、1以上の整数を表す。rは、好ましくは2である。rが2以上の整数である場合、式(1a-A): R in equation (1a) represents an integer of 1 or more. r is preferably 2. When r is an integer of 2 or more, the equation (1a-A):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
[式(1a-A)中、環T1a、R41a~R44aおよびR47a~R54aは、それぞれ、上記と同義である。]
で表される複数のアニオンは、同一でも、異なっていてもよい。複数のアニオン(1a-A)は、同一であることが好ましい。
[In the formula (1a-A), the rings T 1a , R 41a to R 44a and R 47a to R 54a are synonymous with the above, respectively. ]
The plurality of anions represented by may be the same or different. The plurality of anions (1a-A) are preferably the same.
 式(1a)中のkは、アニオン(1a-A)が有する-SO および-SO-N-SO-Rの個数の合計を表し、且つ2以上の整数である。kは、好ましくは2である。 K in the formula (1a) is, -SO 3 having anion (1a-A) is - and -SO 2 -N - represents the total number of -SO 2 -R f, a and an integer of 2 or more. k is preferably 2.
 式(1a)中のMr+は、水素イオン、r価の金属イオンまたはN(R55aを表し、四つのR55aは同一でも、異なっていてもよい。R55aは、水素原子、炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基または炭素数7~10のアラルキル基を表す。式(1a)中のk-1が2以上の整数である場合、複数のMr+は、同一でも、異なっていてもよい。 Mr + in the formula (1a) represents a hydrogen ion, an r-valent metal ion or N + (R 55a ) 4 , and the four R 55a may be the same or different. R 55a represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms. When k-1 in the formula (1a) is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of Mr + may be the same or different.
 Mr+は、好ましくはr価の金属イオンである。r価の金属イオンとしては、例えば、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン等のアルカリ金属イオン;ベリリウムイオン、マグネシウムイオン、カルシウムイオン、ストロンチウムイオン、バリウムイオン等のアルカリ土類金属イオン;チタンイオン、ジルコニウムイオン、クロムイオン、マンガンイオン、鉄イオン、コバルトイオン、ニッケルイオン、銅イオン等の遷移金属イオン;亜鉛イオン、カドミウムイオン、アルミニウムイオン、インジウムイオン、錫イオン、鉛イオン、ビスマスイオン等の典型金属イオンが挙げられる。 Mr + is preferably an r-valent metal ion. Examples of the r-valent metal ion include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium ion and potassium ion; alkaline earth metal ions such as beryllium ion, magnesium ion, calcium ion, strontium ion and barium ion; titanium ion and zirconium. Transition metal ions such as ions, chromium ions, manganese ions, iron ions, cobalt ions, nickel ions and copper ions; typical metal ions such as zinc ions, cadmium ions, aluminum ions, indium ions, tin ions, lead ions and bismuth ions. Can be mentioned.
 Mr+は、より好ましくは2価の金属イオンであり、さらに好ましくはアルカリ土類金属イオンであり、特に好ましくはバリウムイオン(Ba2+)である。 Mr + is more preferably a divalent metal ion, more preferably an alkaline earth metal ion, and particularly preferably a barium ion (Ba 2+ ).
 化合物(1a)としては、
 R41aおよびR43aが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R42aおよびR44aが、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 R47a~R54aが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基または-SO であり
 環T1aが、式(1t)で表される環であり[式(1t)中、R45aが、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R46aが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 R56aが、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 L1aが、硫黄原子であり、並びに
 *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]、
 rが、2であり、
 kが、アニオン(1a-A)が有する-SO の個数の合計を表し、且つ2であり、
 二つのアニオン(1a-A)が、同一であり、並びに
 Mr+が、Ba2+である
化合物(以下「化合物(1a’)」と記載することがある)が好ましい。
As compound (1a),
R 41a and R 43a are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 42a and R 44a are each independently an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
R 47a ~ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - and ring T 1a is a ring represented by formula (1t) [wherein (1t ), R 45a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 46a is an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
R 56a is a halogen atom, an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
L 1a is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ],
r is 2,
k is, -SO 3 having anion (1a-A) is - represents the total number of a and 2,
A compound in which the two anions (1a-A) are the same and Mr + is Ba 2+ (hereinafter, may be referred to as "compound (1a')") is preferable.
 化合物(1a’)において、R41aおよびR43aは、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、R42aおよびR44aは、それぞれ独立して、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、R47a~R54aは、より好ましくは水素原子または-SO であり、R45aは、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、R46aは、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、並びにR56aは、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のハロゲン原子を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のフッ素原子を有し、且つ-SO を有していてもよいフェニル基である。 In the compound (1a'), R 41a and R 43a are more preferably hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 42a and R 44a are each independently more preferably has one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a as more preferably substituent has one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having a, R 47a ~ R 54a is more preferably a hydrogen atom or -SO 3 , R 45a is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 46a is more preferably one substituent. or having two alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent It has a group, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group optionally having, as well as R 56a is more preferably has one or two halogen atoms as substituents, and -SO 3 - a phenyl group which may have a, more preferably has one or two fluorine atom as a substituent, and -SO 3 - is a phenyl group which may have a.
 化合物(1a)の中でも、下記式(1a-1)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。なお、下記式(1a-1)中、二つの「-SO 」の記載は、各アニオンが置換基として-SO を有し、且つ各アニオン中の-SO の個数の合計が2(即ち、二つのアニオン中の-SO の個数の合計が4)であることを意味する。 Among the compounds (1a), the compound represented by the following formula (1a-1) is particularly preferable. In the following formulas (1a-1), the two - the description of, -SO 3 as the anion substituent "-SO 3" - has, and -SO 3 in each anion - Total number of There 2 (i.e., -SO 3 in two anion - total number of 4) meant to be.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 化合物(1a)は、公知の方法(例えばJournal of Organic Chemistry, (1994), vol. 59, #11, pp. 3232-3236に記載の方法、特開2018-127596号公報に記載の方法)に準じて製造することができる。 Compound (1a) can be used in known methods (for example, the method described in Journal of Organic Chemistry, (1994), vol. 59, # 11, pp. 3232-3236, the method described in JP-A-2018-127596). It can be manufactured according to the above.
 次に、下記式(2a)中の基等について順に説明する。 Next, the groups and the like in the following formula (2a) will be described in order.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(2a)中のR41bおよびR42bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR41bとR42bとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。 R 41b and R 42b in the formula (2a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41b and R 42b are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
 式(2a)中の炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 式(2a)中の炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよい。ここで前記-CH-には、窒素原子と結合している-CH-および前記飽和炭化水素基の末端であるメチル基中の-CH-は含まれない。また、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-CH-が、-O-O-または-CO-CO-に置き換わることはない。 When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O- or-. It may be replaced with CO-. Here, -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group. Further, -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is not replaced with -O-O- or -CO-CO-.
 式(2a)中の炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent. It is at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 式(2a)中の炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 carbon number. At least one selected from the group consisting of up to 8 alkyl groups.
 式(2a)中の炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 式(2a)中の炭素数1~8のアルキル基が炭素数2~8のアルキル基である場合、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよい。ここで前記-CH-には、前記アルキル基の末端であるメチル基中の-CH-は含まれない。また、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-CH-が、-O-O-または-CO-CO-に置き換わることはない。 When the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be good. Wherein the -CH 2 - The, -CH 2 in a methyl group is the terminal of the alkyl group - is not included. Further, -CH 2- CH 2- contained in the alkyl group is not replaced with -OO- or -CO-CO-.
 R41bは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。
 R42bは、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくはフェニル基である。
R 41b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 42b preferably has a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably a phenyl group. Is.
 式(2a)中のR43bおよびR44bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR43bとR44bとが結合してそれらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。 R 43b and R 44b in the formula (2a) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or nitrogen in which R 43b and R 44b are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the atoms.
 R43bは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。
 R44bは、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくはフェニル基である。
R 43b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 44b preferably has a phenyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a phenyl group. Is.
 式(2a)中のR47b~R54bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表す。 R 47b to R 54b in the formula (2a) each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, or a substituent. ..
 R47b~R54bは、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは水素原子である。 Each of R 47b to R 54b is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably a hydrogen atom.
 式(2a)中の環T1bは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環または置換基を有していてもよい5~10員の芳香族複素環を表す。 The ring T 1b in the formula (2a) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent. Represents.
 式(2a)中の炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the formula (2a) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent. It is at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 式(2a)中の5~10員の芳香族複素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle in the formula (2a) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group consisting of 1 to 8 alkyl groups.
 環T1bは、好ましくは式(2t): Ring T 1b is preferably of formula (2t):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
で表される環である。
 式(2t)中のR45bおよびR46bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR45bとR46bとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。
It is a ring represented by.
R 45b and R 46b in the formula (2t) may independently have a hydrogen atom and a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45b and R 46b are bonded to each other. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with a nitrogen atom.
 式(2t)中の炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent that the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 式(2t)中の炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a carbon which may have a substituent. It is at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of numbers 1-8.
 式(2t)中の炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent which may have an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a substituent having 1 to 1 carbon atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of 8 alkyl groups.
 式(2t)中の炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituent that the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the formula (2t) may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
 R45bは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。 R 45b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R46bは、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である。 R 46b is preferably a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group having 1 or 2 alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and further. It is preferably a phenyl group having one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent.
 式(2t)中のR56bは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表す。 R 56b in the formula (2t) is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a hydrocarbon group or a substituent.
 R56bは、好ましくはハロゲン原子および炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のハロゲン原子を有するフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のフッ素原子を有するフェニル基である。 R 56b is preferably a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably one or two substituents. A phenyl group having a halogen atom, more preferably a phenyl group having one or two fluorine atoms as a substituent.
 式(2t)中のL1bは、硫黄原子、酸素原子または-NR57b-を表す。R57bは、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。L1bは、好ましくは硫黄原子である。
 式(2t)中の*は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。
L 1b in the formula (2t) represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57b- . R 57b represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. L 1b is preferably a sulfur atom.
* In the formula (2t) represents the bond position with the carbocation.
 式(2a)中のmは、1以上の整数を表す。mは、好ましくは1~20の整数、より好ましくは2~14の整数、さらに好ましくは2~8の整数、特に好ましくは3である。mが2以上の整数である場合、式(2a-C): M in equation (2a) represents an integer of 1 or more. m is preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 14, still more preferably an integer of 2 to 8, and particularly preferably 3. When m is an integer of 2 or more, the equation (2a-C):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
[式(2a-C)中、環T1b、R41b~R44bおよびR47b~R54bは、それぞれ、上記と同義である。]
で表される複数のカチオンは、同一でも、異なっていてもよい。複数のカチオン(2a-C)は、同一であることが好ましい。
[In the formula (2a-C), rings T 1b , R 41b to R 44b and R 47b to R 54b are synonymous with the above, respectively. ]
The plurality of cations represented by may be the same or different. The plurality of cations (2a-C) are preferably the same.
 式(2a)中の[Y]m-は、m価のアニオンを表す。[Y]m-は、好ましくはタングステン原子を含有するポリ酸アニオンであり、より好ましくは[PW12403-、[P18626-、[P18626-、[SiW12404-、[SiW12404-、[SiW12404-、[P176110-、[P155612-、[H124812-、[NaP3011014-、[SiW3410-、[SiW10368-、[SiW11398-、[SiW11398-、[W192-、[W10324-または[WO2-であり、さらに好ましくは[PW12403-である。 [Y] m− in the formula (2a) represents an m-valent anion. [Y] m- is preferably a polyacid anion containing a tungsten atom, more preferably [PW 12 O 40 ] 3- , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6- , [P 2 W 18 O 62]. ] 6- , [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4- , [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4- , [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4- , [P 2 W 17 O 61 ] 10- , [P 2 W 15 O 56 ] 12- , [H 2 P 2 W 12 O 48 ] 12- , [NaP 5 W 30 O 110 ] 14- , [SiW 9 O 34 ] 10- , [SiW 10 O 36 ] 8- , [SiW 11 O 39] ] 8- , [SiW 11 O 39 ] 8- , [W 6 O 19 ] 2- , [W 10 O 32 ] 4- or [WO 4 ] 2- , more preferably [PW 12 O 40 ] 3 - .
 化合物(2a)としては、
 R41b、R43bおよびR47b~R54bが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R42bおよびR44bが、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 環T1bが、式(2t)で表される環であり[式(2t)中、R45bが、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R46bが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 R56bが、ハロゲン原子および炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
 L1bが、硫黄原子であり、並びに
 *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]、
 mが、3であり、
 三つのカチオン(2a-C)が、同一であり、並びに
 [Y]m-が、[PW12403-である
化合物(以下「化合物(2a’)」と記載することがある)が好ましい。
As compound (2a),
R 41b , R 43b and R 47b to R 54b are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 42b and R 44b are phenyl groups which may independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
Ring T 1b is a ring represented by the formula (2t) [in formula (2t), R 45b is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 46b is a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 56b is a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
L 1b is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ],
m is 3,
A compound in which the three cations (2a-C) are the same and [Y] m- is [PW 12 O 40 ] 3- (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (2a')") preferable.
 化合物(2a’)において、R41bおよびR43bは、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、R42bおよびR44bは、それぞれ独立して、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基、さらに好ましくはフェニル基であり、R47b~R54bは、それぞれ独立して、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは水素原子であり、R45bは、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、R46bは、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個の炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有するフェニル基であり、並びにR56bは、より好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のハロゲン原子を有するフェニル基、さらに好ましくは置換基として1個または2個のフッ素原子を有するフェニル基である。 In the compound (2a'), R 41b and R 43b are independent of each other, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably. Is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 42b and R 44b are phenyl groups which may independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 47b to R 54b are each independently, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, and R 45b is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. An alkyl group having 1 to 4, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 46b more preferably a phenyl group having 1 or 2 alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent. More preferably, it is a phenyl group having one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and R 56b is more preferably a phenyl group having one or two halogen atoms as a substituent. More preferably, it is a phenyl group having one or two fluorine atoms as a substituent.
 化合物(2a)の中でも、下記式(2a-1)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。 Among the compounds (2a), the compound represented by the following formula (2a-1) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 化合物(2a)は、公知の方法(例えば、特開2015-28121号公報、特開2015-38201号公報等に記載の方法)に準じて製造することができる。 Compound (2a) can be produced according to a known method (for example, the methods described in JP-A-2015-28121, JP-A-2015-38201, etc.).
 次に、下記式(3a)中の基等について順に説明する。 Next, the groups and the like in the following formula (3a) will be described in order.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式(3a)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基または-R12-Si(R13を表すか、或いはRとRとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。 In the formula (3a), R 1 and R 2 may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, and may have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , or R 1 and R 2 are bonded and 3 to 10 members together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. Form a nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
 式(3a)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基または-R12-Si(R13で表される基を表すか、或いはRとRとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。 In the formula (3a), R 3 and R 4 may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, and may have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a group represented by -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , or R 3 and R 4 are bonded together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. It forms a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
 R~Rの前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびカルボキシ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituents that the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have are aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, formyl groups and carboxy groups. At least one selected from the group consisting of groups.
 R~Rの前記炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、-OR、-SO 、-SO 、-SO、-CO 、-COおよび-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。
 なお、化合物(3a)中にイオンの形態の-SO が存在する場合、その数は1個である。
The substituents that may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a halogen atom. saturated hydrocarbon group of ~ 20, -OR 8, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8 and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 At least one selected from the group consisting of.
The compound (3a) of the ions form in the -SO 3 - if there is, the number is one.
 R~Rの前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR11-に置き換わっていてもよい。ここで前記-CH-には、窒素原子と結合している-CH-および前記飽和炭化水素基の末端であるメチル基中の-CH-は含まれない。また、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-CH-が、-O-O-、-CO-CO-または-NR11-NR11-に置き換わることはない。 When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 4 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 11 - it may be replaced to. Here, -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group. Furthermore, the -CH 2 -CH 2 contained in a saturated hydrocarbon group - is, -O-O -, - CO -CO- or -NR 11 -NR 11 - does not replace.
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは水素原子;カルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13、より好ましくは水素原子またはカルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。 R 1 and R 3 are independent and preferably hydrogen atoms; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R. A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of 10 ; or a carbon which may have a -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , more preferably a hydrogen atom or a carboxy group. It is an alkyl group of numbers 1 to 4.
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、好ましくはカルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基;炭素数1~4のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13である。 R 2 and R 4 are each independently composed of an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably having a carboxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10. A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group; or an alkyl group having -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of groups and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 ; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
 式(3a)中、pは、0~5の整数を表す。pが2以上の整数である場合、複数のRは同一でも、異なっていてもよい。pは、好ましくは1である。 In the formula (3a), p represents an integer of 0 to 5. When p is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 5s may be the same or different. p is preferably 1.
 式(3a)中、Rは、-OH、-SO 、-SO 、-SO、-CO 、-CO、または-SONR10を表す。Zは、N(R11、NaまたはKを表す。四つのR11は同一でも、異なっていてもよい。Rは、好ましくは-SO である。 Wherein (3a), R 5 is, -OH, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8 or -SO 2 NR 9, Represents R 10 . Z + represents N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + . Four R 11 may be the same or different. R 5 is preferably -SO 3 - is.
 式(3a)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。RおよびRは、好ましくは、共に水素原子である。 In formula (3a), R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 6 and R 7 are preferably both hydrogen atoms.
 式(3a)中、Rは、水素原子、またはハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基を表す。 In formula (3a), R 8 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
 式(3a)中、RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基を表すか、或いはRとR10とが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成する。 In formula (3a), R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or R 9 and R 10 respectively. To form a 3- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atoms they bind to.
 RおよびR10の前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびハロゲン原子からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The substituents that the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 may have are at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a halogen atom.
 RおよびR10の前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR-に置き換わっていてもよい。ここで前記-CH-には、窒素原子と結合している-CH-および前記飽和炭化水素基の末端であるメチル基中の-CH-は含まれない。また、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-CH-が、-O-O-、-CO-CO-または-NR-NR-に置き換わることはない。 When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 8 - may be replaced to. Here, -CH 2- does not include -CH 2 -bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- in the methyl group at the end of the saturated hydrocarbon group. Furthermore, the -CH 2 -CH 2 contained in a saturated hydrocarbon group - is, -O-O -, - CO -CO- or -NR 8 -NR 8 - never replace.
 RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。 R 9 and R 10 are each independently, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 式(3a)中、R11は、水素原子、炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基または炭素数7~10のアラルキル基を表す。 In formula (3a), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
 式(3a)中、R12は、炭素数1~10のアルカンジイル基を表す。R12の前記炭素数1~10のアルカンジイル基が炭素数2~20のアルカンジイル基である場合、前記アルカンジイル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR-に置き換わっていてもよい。ここで前記-CH-には、窒素原子と結合している-CH-およびケイ素原子と結合している-CH-は含まれない。また、前記アルカンジイル基に含まれる-CH-CH-が、-O-O-、-CO-CO-または-NR-NR-に置き換わることはない。
 R12は、好ましくは、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基である。
In formula (3a), R 12 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. When the alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkanediyl group is -O-, -CO- or -NR. It may be replaced with 8-. Here, -CH 2- does not include -CH 2- bonded to a nitrogen atom and -CH 2- bonded to a silicon atom. Furthermore, the -CH 2 -CH 2 contained in the alkanediyl group - is, -O-O -, - CO -CO- or -NR 8 -NR 8 - never replace.
R 12 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 式(3a)中、R13は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基または炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。および三つのR13は、それぞれ同一でも、異なっていてもよい。三つのR13は、好ましくは、共に炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基である。 In formula (3a), R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. And three R 13 may be each the same or may be different. Three R 13 is preferably both an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 式(3a)中、Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 式(3a)中、qは、0または1を表す。ここでqが0であるとは、(Xが存在しないことを意味する。qは、好ましくは0である。
In formula (3a), X represents a halogen atom.
In formula (3a), q represents 0 or 1. Here, when q is 0, it means that (X ) q does not exist. q is preferably 0.
 化合物(3a)としては、
 RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;カルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13であり、
 RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、カルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13であり、
 Rが、-SO であり、
 RおよびRが、共に水素原子であり、
 RおよびR10が、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
 R12が、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基であり、
 三つのR13が、共に炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
 pが、1であり、並びに
 qが、0である
化合物(以下「化合物(3a’)」と記載することがある。)が好ましい。
As compound (3a),
R 1 and R 3 are independently hydrogen atoms; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
R 2 and R 4 each independently consist of an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10. A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent of choice; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3
R 5 is, -SO 3 - and is,
R 6 and R 7 are both hydrogen atoms,
R 9 and R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
All three R 13s are alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
A compound in which p is 1 and q is 0 (hereinafter, may be referred to as “compound (3a')”) is preferable.
 化合物(3a’)において、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、より好ましくは水素原子またはカルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、並びにRおよびRは、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基;炭素数1~4のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13である。 In the compound (3a'), R 1 and R 3 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may have a hydrogen atom or a carboxy group, respectively, and R 2 and R. 4 may more preferably have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of −SO 2 NR 9 R 10. Group; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
 化合物(3a)は、特に好ましくは、下記式(3a-1)で表される化合物、下記式(3a-2)で表される化合物、下記式(3a-3)で表される化合物、下記式(3a-4)で表される化合物、下記式(3a-5)で表される化合物、下記式(3a-6)で表される化合物および下記式(3a-7)で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The compound (3a) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3a-1), a compound represented by the following formula (3a-2), a compound represented by the following formula (3a-3), and the following. A compound represented by the formula (3a-4), a compound represented by the following formula (3a-5), a compound represented by the following formula (3a-6), and a compound represented by the following formula (3a-7). At least one selected from the group consisting of.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
 式(3a-2)および式(3a-3)中、R14は、-SO-NH(CH)-CH(CHCH)-CHCHCHCHを表す。 In formulas (3a-2) and (3a-3), R 14 represents -SO 2- NH (CH 2 ) -CH (CH 2 CH 3 ) -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
 化合物(3a)は、公知の方法(例えば、特開2010-32999号公報に記載の方法)に準じて製造することができる。 Compound (3a) can be produced according to a known method (for example, the method described in JP-A-2010-32999).
 本発明の一態様において、化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つは、好ましくは化合物(1a)および化合物(2a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、より好ましくは化合物(1a)または化合物(2a)であり、さらに好ましくは化合物(1a)である。 In one aspect of the invention, at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably at least selected from the group consisting of compound (1a) and compound (2a). It is one, more preferably compound (1a) or compound (2a), and even more preferably compound (1a).
 本発明の別の一態様において、化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つは、好ましくは化合物(1a’)、化合物(2a’)および化合物(3a’)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、より好ましくは化合物(1a’)および化合物(2a’)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、さらに好ましくは化合物(1a’)または化合物(2a’)であり、特に好ましくは化合物(1a’)である。 In another aspect of the invention, at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably compound (1a'), compound (2a') and compound ( At least one selected from the group consisting of 3a'), more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a') and compound (2a'), and even more preferably compound (1a') or It is compound (2a'), and particularly preferably compound (1a').
 本発明の別の一態様において、化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つは、好ましくは化合物(1a-1)、化合物(2a-1)、化合物(3a-1)、化合物(3a-2)、化合物(3a-3)、化合物(3a-4)、化合物(3a-5)、化合物(3a-6)および化合物(3a-7)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、より好ましくは化合物(1a-1)および化合物(2a-1)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、さらに好ましくは化合物(1a-1)または化合物(2a-1)であり、特に好ましくは化合物(1a-1)である。 In another aspect of the invention, at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably compound (1a-1), compound (2a-1), Consists of compound (3a-1), compound (3a-2), compound (3a-3), compound (3a-4), compound (3a-5), compound (3a-6) and compound (3a-7). At least one selected from the group, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a-1) and compound (2a-1), and even more preferably compound (1a-1) or compound ( It is 2a-1), and particularly preferably compound (1a-1).
 着色剤(A)は、化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)とは異なる他の着色剤を含有していてもよい。 The colorant (A) may contain a compound (1a), a compound (2a), and another colorant different from the compound (3a).
 他の着色剤として、キサンテン染料を使用することができる。キサンテン染料としては、例えば、C.I.アシッドレッド51(以下、C.I.アシッドレッドの記載を省略し、番号のみの記載とする。他も同様である。)、52、87、92、94、289、388、C.I.アシッドバイオレット9、30、102、C.I.ベーシックレッド1(ローダミン6G)、2、3、4、8、C.I.ベーシックレッド10、11、C.I.ベーシックバイオレット10(ローダミンB)、11、C.I.ソルベントレッド218、C.I.モーダントレッド27、C.I.リアクティブレッド36(ローズベンガルB)、スルホローダミンGが挙げられる。 Xanthene dye can be used as another colorant. Examples of the xanthene dye include C.I. I. Acid Red 51 (hereinafter, the description of CI Acid Red is omitted and only the number is described. The same applies to the others), 52, 87, 92, 94, 289, 388, C.I. I. Acid Violet 9, 30, 102, C.I. I. Basic Red 1 (Rhodamine 6G), 2, 3, 4, 8, C.I. I. Basic Red 10, 11, C.I. I. Basic Violet 10 (Rhodamine B), 11, C.I. I. Solvent Red 218, C.I. I. Modant Red 27, C.I. I. Examples thereof include Reactive Red 36 (Rose Bengal B) and Sulforhodamine G.
 他の着色剤として、クマリン染料を使用することができる。クマリン染料としては、例えば、C.I.アシッドイエロー227、250;C.I.ディスパースイエロー82、184;C.I.ソルベントオレンジ112;C.I.ソルベントイエロー160、172;特許第1299948号公報に記載のクマリン染料等が挙げられる。 Coumarin dye can be used as another colorant. Examples of the coumarin dye include C.I. I. Acid Yellow 227, 250; C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 82, 184; C.I. I. Solvent Orange 112; C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 160, 172; coumarin dyes and the like described in Japanese Patent No. 12999948.
 上記以外の染料としては、例えば、カラーインデックス(The Society of Dyers and Colourists出版)に記載されている染料、染色ノート(色染社)に記載されている染料が挙げられる。また、染料としては、例えば、アゾ染料、シアニン染料、フタロシアニン染料、アントラキノン染料、ナフトキノン染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、アゾメチン染料、スクアリリウム染料、アクリジン染料、スチリル染料、キノリン染料およびニトロ染料等が挙げられる。 Examples of dyes other than the above include dyes listed in the Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists) and dyes listed in the dyeing notebook (Color Dyeing Co., Ltd.). Examples of the dye include azo dye, cyanine dye, phthalocyanine dye, anthraquinone dye, naphthoquinone dye, quinoneimine dye, methine dye, azomethine dye, squarylium dye, acrydin dye, styryl dye, quinoline dye and nitro dye. ..
 染料の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。
(1)C.I.ソルベント染料
 C.I.ソルベントイエロー4、14、15、23、24、25、38、62、63、68、79、81、82、83、89、94、98、99、162;
 C.I.ソルベントオレンジ2、7、11、15、26、41、54、56、99;
 C.I.ソルベントレッド24、49、90、91、111、118、119、122、124、125、127、130、132、143、145、146、150、151、155、160、168、169、172、175、181、207、222、227、230、245、247;
 C.I.ソルベントバイオレット11、13、14、26、31、36、37、38、45、47、48、51、59、60;
 C.I.ソルベントブルー14、18、35、36、45、58、59、59:1、63、68、69、78、79、83、94、97、98、100、101、102、104、105、111、112、122、128、132、136、139;
 C.I.ソルベントグリーン1、3、5、28、29、32、33;等。
Specific examples of the dye include the following.
(1) C.I. I. Solvent dye C. I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 25, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 81, 82, 83, 89, 94, 98, 99, 162;
C. I. Solvent Orange 2,7,11,15,26,41,54,56,99;
C. I. Solvent Red 24, 49, 90, 91, 111, 118, 119, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 132, 143, 145, 146, 150, 151, 155, 160, 168, 169, 172, 175, 181, 207, 222, 227, 230, 245, 247;
C. I. Solvent Violet 11, 13, 14, 26, 31, 36, 37, 38, 45, 47, 48, 51, 59, 60;
C. I. Solvent Blue 14, 18, 35, 36, 45, 58, 59, 59: 1, 63, 68, 69, 78, 79, 83, 94, 97, 98, 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 111, 112, 122, 128, 132, 136, 139;
C. I. Solvent Green 1, 3, 5, 28, 29, 32, 33; etc.
(2)C.I.アシッド染料
 C.I.アシッドイエロー1、3、7、9、11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、42、54、65、72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、119、123、128、134、135、138、139、140、144、150、155、157、160、161、163、168、169、172、177、178、179、184、190、193、196、197、199、202、203、204、205、207、212、214、220、221、228、230、232、235、238、240、242、243、251;
 C.I.アシッドオレンジ6、7、8、10、12、26、50、51、52、56、62、63、64、74、75、94、95、107、108、149、162、169、173;
 C.I.アシッドレッド73、80、91、97、138、151、211,274;
 C.I.アシッドグリーン3、5、9、25、27、28、41;
 C.I.アシッドバイオレット34、120;
 C.I.アシッドブルー25、27、40、45、78、80、112;等。
(2) C.I. I. Acid dye C. I. Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 119, 123, 128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179, 184, 190, 193, 196, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 205, 207, 212, 214, 220, 221 228, 230, 232, 235, 238, 240, 242, 243, 251;
C. I. Acid Orange 6,7,8,10,12,26,50,51,52,56,62,63,64,74,75,94,95,107,108,149,162,169,173;
C. I. Acid Red 73, 80, 91, 97, 138, 151, 211,274;
C. I. Acid Green 3, 5, 9, 25, 27, 28, 41;
C. I. Acid Violet 34, 120;
C. I. Acid Blue 25, 27, 40, 45, 78, 80, 112; etc.
(3)C.I.ベーシック染料
 C.I.ベーシックグリーン1;等。
(3) C.I. I. Basic dye C. I. Basic Green 1; etc.
(4)C.I.リアクティブ染料
 C.I.リアクティブイエロー2、76、116;
 C.I.リアクティブオレンジ16;等。
(4) C.I. I. Reactive dye C. I. Reactive Yellow 2,76,116;
C. I. Reactive orange 16; etc.
(5)C.I.ダイレクト染料
 C.I.ダイレクトイエロー2、4、28、33、34、35、38、39、43、44、47、50、54、58、68、69、70、71、86、93、94、95、98、102、108、109、129、132、136、138、141;
 C.I.ダイレクトオレンジ26、34、39、41、46、50、52、56、57、61、64、65、68、70、96、97、106、107;
 C.I.ダイレクトブルー40;等。
(5) C.I. I. Direct dye C. I. Direct Yellow 2, 4, 28, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 44, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 102, 108, 109, 129, 132, 136, 138, 141;
C. I. Direct Orange 26, 34, 39, 41, 46, 50, 52, 56, 57, 61, 64, 65, 68, 70, 96, 97, 106, 107;
C. I. Direct blue 40; etc.
(6)C.I.ディスパース染料
 C.I.ディスパースイエロー51、54、76;
 C.I.ディスパースバイオレット26、27;
 C.I.ディスパースブルー1、14、56、60;等。
(6) C.I. I. Disperse dye C. I. Disperse Yellow 51, 54, 76;
C. I. Disperse Violet 26, 27;
C. I. Disperse Blue 1, 14, 56, 60; etc.
(7)C.I.モーダント染料
 C.I.モーダントイエロー5、8、10、16、20、26、30、31、33、42、43、45、56、61、62、65;
 C.I.モーダントオレンジ3、4、5、8、12、13、14、20、21、23、24、28、29、32、34、35、36、37、42、43、47、48;等。
(7) C.I. I. Mordant dye C. I. Modant Yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, 65;
C. I. Modant Orange 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14, 20, 21, 23, 24, 28, 29, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 42, 43, 47, 48; etc.
(8)C.I.バット染料
 C.I.バットグリーン1等。
(8) C.I. I. Vat dye C. I. Bat green 1st prize.
 また、他の着色剤として、例えば、カラーインデックス(The Society of Dyers and Colourists出版)に記載の顔料を使用することができる。 Further, as another colorant, for example, a pigment described in the Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists) can be used.
 顔料の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる:
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、53、83、86、93、94、109、110、117、125、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、153、154、166、173、194、214などの黄色顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ13、31、36、38、40、42、43、51、55、59、61、64、65、71、73などのオレンジ色顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントレッド9、97、105、122、123、144、149、166、168、176、177、180、192、209、215、216、224、242、254、255、264、265などの赤色顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60などの青色顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38などのバイオレット色顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58などの緑色顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントブラウン23、25などのブラウン色顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントブラック1、7などの黒色顔料等。
Specific examples of pigments include:
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1,3,12,13,14,15,16,17,20,24,31,53,83,86,93,94,109,110,117,125,128,129,137,138, Yellow pigments such as 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214;
C. I. Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73 and other orange pigments;
C. I. Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 176, 177, 180, 192, 209, 215, 216, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264, 265 and other red pigments;
C. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60 and other blue pigments;
C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38 and other violet color pigments;
C. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58 and other green pigments;
C. I. Pigment brown 23, 25 and other brown pigments;
C. I. Black pigments such as Pigment Black 1 and 7.
 着色剤(A)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の固形分の総量に対して、35~70重量%、好ましくは40~70重量%、より好ましくは40~65重量%、さらに好ましくは45~60重量%である。 The content of the colorant (A) is 35 to 70% by weight, preferably 40 to 70% by weight, more preferably 40 to 65% by weight, still more preferably, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is 45 to 60% by weight.
 化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)の含有量の合計は、着色剤(A)の総量に対して、好ましくは50~100重量%、より好ましくは55~100重量%、さらに好ましくは60~100重量%、特に好ましくは65~100重量%、最も好ましくは80~100重量%である。 The total content of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is preferably 50-100% by weight, more preferably 55-100% by weight, based on the total amount of colorant (A). It is preferably 60 to 100% by weight, particularly preferably 65 to 100% by weight, and most preferably 80 to 100% by weight.
 化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つが化合物(1a)である態様において、化合物(1a)の含有量は、着色剤(A)の総量に対して、好ましくは50~100重量%、より好ましくは55~100重量%、さらに好ましくは60~100重量%、特に好ましくは65~100重量%、最も好ましくは80~100重量%である。 In an embodiment in which at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is compound (1a), the content of compound (1a) is relative to the total amount of colorant (A). It is preferably 50 to 100% by weight, more preferably 55 to 100% by weight, still more preferably 60 to 100% by weight, particularly preferably 65 to 100% by weight, and most preferably 80 to 100% by weight.
 化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つが化合物(2a)である態様において、化合物(2a)の含有量は、着色剤(A)の総量に対して、好ましくは50~100重量%、より好ましくは55~100重量%、さらに好ましくは60~100重量%、特に好ましくは65~100重量%、最も好ましくは80~100重量%である。 In an embodiment in which at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a) is compound (2a), the content of compound (2a) is relative to the total amount of colorant (A). It is preferably 50 to 100% by weight, more preferably 55 to 100% by weight, still more preferably 60 to 100% by weight, particularly preferably 65 to 100% by weight, and most preferably 80 to 100% by weight.
<樹脂(B)>
 本樹脂(B)は、式(1b):
<Resin (B)>
This resin (B) is based on the formula (1b):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
[式(1b)中、R1Bは、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、
 R2B~R4Bは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基または炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表し、
 nは、1~10の整数を表し、および
 *は、結合位置を表し、
 但し、R2B~R4Bの少なくとも一つは、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基である。]
で表される構成単位(b1-1)(以下「構成単位(b1-1)」と記載することがある)を含む樹脂(B1)を含む。樹脂(B1)中、構成単位(b1-1)は、1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
[In formula (1b), R 1B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 2B to R 4B independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
n represents an integer from 1 to 10, and * represents the bond position.
However, at least one of R 2B to R 4B is an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
Includes a resin (B1) containing a structural unit (b1-1) represented by (hereinafter, may be referred to as “constituent unit (b1-1)”). In the resin (B1), the constituent unit (b1-1) may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types.
 R2B~R4Bは、それぞれ独立に、好ましくはメトキシ基、エトキシ基またはプロポキシ基、より好ましくはメトキシ基またはエトキシ基である。
 nは、好ましくは1~6の整数、より好ましくは1~3の整数である。
R 2B to R 4B are independently, preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group, and more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
n is preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
 樹脂(B1)は、好ましくは構成単位(b1-1)、酸性基を有する重合性不飽和化合物に由来する構成単位(b1-2)(以下「構成単位(b1-2)」と記載することがある)および他の構成単位(b1-3)(以下「構成単位(b1-3)」と記載することがある)を含む共重合体である。ここで、他の構成単位(b1-3)とは、構成単位(b1-1)および構成単位(b1-2)とは異なる構成単位を意味する。共重合体である樹脂(B1)中、構成単位(b1-1)、構成単位(b1-2)および構成単位(b1-3)は、いずれも、1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。 The resin (B1) is preferably described as a structural unit (b1-1), a structural unit (b1-2) derived from a polymerizable unsaturated compound having an acidic group (hereinafter, “constituent unit (b1-2)”). (There is) and other structural units (b1-3) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “constituent unit (b1-3)”). Here, the other structural unit (b1-3) means a structural unit different from the structural unit (b1-1) and the structural unit (b1-2). In the resin (B1) which is a copolymer, only one kind of the structural unit (b1-1), the structural unit (b1-2) and the structural unit (b1-3) may be contained. Two or more kinds may be included.
 構成単位(b1-2)が有する酸性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))、スルホ基(-S(=O)OH)が挙げられる。これらの中で、カルボキシ基が好ましい。 Examples of the acidic group contained in the structural unit (b1-2) include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group (-OP (= O) (OH) 2 ), and a sulfo group (-S (= O) 2 OH). Can be mentioned. Of these, a carboxy group is preferred.
 共重合体中の全構成単位の合計を100モル%としたときの構成単位(b1-1)の量は、着色硬化性組成物から得られるカラーフィルタ等の耐溶剤性の観点から、好ましくは1~50モル%、より好ましくは5~40モル%、さらに好ましくは10~30モル%である。 The amount of the structural units (b1-1) when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol% is preferably from the viewpoint of solvent resistance of a color filter or the like obtained from the color curable composition. It is 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 30 mol%.
 共重合体中の全構成単位の合計を100モル%としたときの構成単位(b1-2)の量は、着色硬化性組成物の現像性の観点から、好ましくは10~50モル%、より好ましくは15~45モル%、さらに好ましくは20~40モル%である。 The amount of the structural unit (b1-2) when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol% is preferably 10 to 50 mol% from the viewpoint of the developability of the color curable composition. It is preferably 15 to 45 mol%, more preferably 20 to 40 mol%.
 共重合体中の全構成単位の合計を100モル%としたときの構成単位(b1-3)の量は、着色硬化性組成物の現像性および着色硬化性組成物から得られるカラーフィルタ等の耐溶剤性の観点から、好ましくは1~89モル%、より好ましくは15~80モル%、さらに好ましくは30~70モル%である。 The amount of the structural units (b1-3) when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol% is determined by the developability of the color curable composition and the color filter obtained from the color curable composition. From the viewpoint of solvent resistance, it is preferably 1 to 89 mol%, more preferably 15 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 70 mol%.
 樹脂(B1)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、着色硬化性組成物の現像性の観点から、1,000~50,000、好ましくは2,000~40,000であり、より好ましくは3,000~30,000である。前記重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて、ポリスチレン換算にて算出される値である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (B1) is 1,000 to 50,000, preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3, from the viewpoint of developability of the color-curable composition. It is 000 to 30,000. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 樹脂(B1)のシリル基当量は、耐熱分解性、耐熱黄変性および着色硬化性組成物から得られるカラーフィルタ等の耐溶剤性の観点から、好ましくは400~4,000、より好ましくは450~3,000である。樹脂(B1)のシリル基当量が400以上であれば、着色パターンまたは着色塗膜の耐熱分解性および耐熱黄変性をより高めるのに効果的である。なお、樹脂(B1)のシリル基当量は、下記式:
 シリル基当量=樹脂(B1)の重量平均分子量/1分子当たりのシリル基の平均個数から算出される値である。シリル基当量は、樹脂(B1)の製造に使用する単量体の仕込量から算出することができる。
The silyl group equivalent of the resin (B1) is preferably 400 to 4,000, more preferably 450 to, from the viewpoint of solvent resistance of a color filter or the like obtained from a heat-decomposable, heat-yellowing and color-curable composition. It is 3,000. When the silyl group equivalent of the resin (B1) is 400 or more, it is effective in further enhancing the heat-resistant decomposition property and heat-resistant yellowing of the colored pattern or the colored coating film. The silyl group equivalent of the resin (B1) is calculated by the following formula:
Cyril group equivalent = a value calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the resin (B1) / the average number of silyl groups per molecule. The silyl group equivalent can be calculated from the amount of the monomer charged in the production of the resin (B1).
 樹脂(B1)が構成単位(b1-2)を含む共重合体である場合、樹脂(B1)の酸価は、着色硬化性組成物の現像性の観点から、好ましくは20~300mgKOH/g、より好ましくは30~200mgKOH/gである。なお、樹脂(B1)の酸価とは、JIS K6901 5.3に従ってブロモチモールブルーとフェノールレッドの混合指示薬を用いて測定された値であって、樹脂(B1)1gを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムの量(mg)として算出される値であり、例えば水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて滴定することにより求めることができる。 When the resin (B1) is a copolymer containing a constituent unit (b1-2), the acid value of the resin (B1) is preferably 20 to 300 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of the developability of the color curable composition. More preferably, it is 30 to 200 mgKOH / g. The acid value of the resin (B1) is a value measured using a mixed indicator of bromothymol blue and phenol red according to JIS K6901 5.3, and is necessary for neutralizing 1 g of the resin (B1). It is a value calculated as the amount of potassium hydroxide (mg), and can be obtained, for example, by titrating with an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide.
 着色硬化性組成物の増粘抑制の観点から、樹脂(B1)の含有量は、着色剤(A)100重量部に対して、好ましくは10~100重量部、より好ましくは10~60重量部、さらに好ましくは10~55重量部、特に好ましくは25~55重量部、最も好ましくは30~55重量部である。 From the viewpoint of suppressing thickening of the color curable composition, the content of the resin (B1) is preferably 10 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 10 to 60 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A). It is more preferably 10 to 55 parts by weight, particularly preferably 25 to 55 parts by weight, and most preferably 30 to 55 parts by weight.
 樹脂(B1)は、溶剤の存在下、下記式(2b): The resin (B1) is prepared by the following formula (2b) in the presence of a solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
[式(2b)中の記号の意味は、上記の通りである]
で表される化合物(m1-1)(以下「化合物(m1-1)」と記載することがある)のみ、または化合物(m1-1)および他の化合物を含むモノマー混合物を、公知のラジカル重合方法に従って共重合させることによって製造することができる。
[The meanings of the symbols in equation (2b) are as described above]
Only the compound represented by (m1-1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (m1-1)") or a monomer mixture containing the compound (m1-1) and other compounds is subjected to known radical polymerization. It can be produced by copolymerizing according to the method.
 共重合体である樹脂(B1)は、例えば、化合物(m1-1)および必要に応じて他の化合物を溶剤に溶解して、溶液を調製した後、その溶液に重合開始剤を添加し、50~130℃にて1~20時間反応させることによって製造することができる。 For the resin (B1) which is a copolymer, for example, a compound (m1-1) and, if necessary, another compound are dissolved in a solvent to prepare a solution, and then a polymerization initiator is added to the solution. It can be produced by reacting at 50 to 130 ° C. for 1 to 20 hours.
 構成単位(b1-1)、構成単位(b1-2)および構成単位(b1-3)を含む共重合体である樹脂(B1)は、溶剤の存在下、化合物(m1-1)、酸性基を有する重合性不飽和化合物(m1-2)(以下「化合物(m1-2)」と記載することがある)、および他の重合性不飽和化合物(m1-3)(以下「化合物(m1-3)」と記載することがある)からなるモノマー混合物を、公知のラジカル重合方法に従って共重合させることによって製造することができる。ここで、他の重合性不飽和化合物(m1-3)とは、化合物(m1-1)および化合物(m1-2)とは異なる重合性不飽和化合物を意味する。また、構成単位(b1-1)が化合物(m1-1)に由来し、構成単位(b1-2)が化合物(m1-2)に由来し、構成単位(b1-3)が化合物(m1-3)に由来する。 The resin (B1), which is a copolymer containing the structural unit (b1-1), the structural unit (b1-2) and the structural unit (b1-3), is a compound (m1-1) and an acidic group in the presence of a solvent. Polymerizable unsaturated compound (m1-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (m1-2)"), and other polymerizable unsaturated compounds (m1-3) (hereinafter "compound (m1-m1-)"). It can be produced by copolymerizing a monomer mixture consisting of (which may be described as "3)" according to a known radical polymerization method. Here, the other polymerizable unsaturated compound (m1-3) means a polymerizable unsaturated compound different from the compound (m1-1) and the compound (m1-2). Further, the structural unit (b1-1) is derived from the compound (m1-1), the structural unit (b1-2) is derived from the compound (m1-2), and the structural unit (b1-3) is derived from the compound (m1-m1-). Derived from 3).
 共重合体である樹脂(B1)は、例えば、化合物(m1-1)、化合物(m1-2)および化合物(m1-3)を溶剤に溶解して、溶液を調製した後、その溶液に重合開始剤を添加し、50~130℃にて1~20時間反応させることによって製造することができる。 The resin (B1), which is a copolymer, is obtained by dissolving, for example, compound (m1-1), compound (m1-2) and compound (m1-3) in a solvent to prepare a solution, and then polymerizing the solution. It can be produced by adding an initiator and reacting at 50 to 130 ° C. for 1 to 20 hours.
 化合物(m1-1)としては、例えば、3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルエチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルエチルジエトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が挙げられる。これらの中で、入手のし易さおよび反応性の観点から、3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシランおよび3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシランが好ましい。ここで「3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン」とは、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランおよび3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランから選ばれる少なくとも一つを意味する。他の同様の記載も同様の意味である。 Examples of the compound (m1-1) include 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- Examples thereof include (meth) acryloyloxypropyl ethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane. Among these, 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane are preferable from the viewpoint of availability and reactivity. Here, "3- (meth) acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane" means at least one selected from 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane. Other similar statements have the same meaning.
 化合物(m1-2)が有する酸性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))、スルホ基(-S(=O)OH)が挙げられる。これらの中で、カルボキシ基が好ましい。 Examples of the acidic group contained in the compound (m1-2) include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group (-OP (= O) (OH) 2 ), and a sulfo group (-S (= O) 2 OH). Be done. Of these, a carboxy group is preferred.
 化合物(m1-2)としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、ビニルスルホン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルコハク酸、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、入手のし易さおよび反応性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。 Examples of the compound (m1-2) include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, 2-acryloyloxyethyl phthalic acid, and 2- (meth). ) Acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate and the like. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferable from the viewpoint of availability and reactivity.
 化合物(m1-3)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる:
 ブタジエン;
 メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリルレート、sec-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリルレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、イソアミル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、メチルシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ロジン(メタ)アクリレート、ノルボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、5-メチルノルボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、5-エチルノルボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、1,1,1-トリフルオロエチル(メタ)アクリレート、パーフルオロエチル(メタ)アクリレート、パーフルオロ-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、パーフルオロ-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、トリフェニルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、クミル(メタ)アクリレート、3-(N,N-ジメチルアミノ)プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリロールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ブタントリオールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタントリオールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンテニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフタレン(メタ)アクリレート、アントラセン(メタ)アクリレート、2-(2-ビニロキシエトキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-イソシアナトエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-イソシアナトプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、3-イソシアナトプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-イソシアナト-1-メチルエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-イソシアナト-1,1-ジメチルエチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-イソシアナトシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、前記のイソシアナト基を有する(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、2-イソシアナトエチル(メタ)アクリレート)のイソシアナト基をブロック剤を用いてブロック化することによって得られるブロックイソシアナト基を有する(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-tert-ブチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチルピペリジル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサメチルピペリジル(メタ)アクリレート;
 (メタ)アクリル酸アミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジエチルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジプロピルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジイソプロピルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸アントラセニルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、(メタ)アクリルモルフォリン、ダイアセトン(メタ)アクリルアミド;
 ノルボルネン(ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン)、5-メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカ-3-エン、8-メチルテトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカ-3-エン、8-エチルテトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカ-3-エン、ジシクロペンタジエン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカ-8-エン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカ-3-エン、トリシクロ[4.4.0.12,5]ウンデカ-3-エン、トリシクロ[6.2.1.01,8]ウンデカ-9-エン、トリシクロ[6.2.1.01,8]ウンデカ-4-エン、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10.01,6]ドデカ-3-エン、8-メチルテトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10.01,6]ドデカ-3-エン、8-エチリデンテトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,12]ドデカ-3-エン、8-エチリデンテトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10.01,6]ドデカ-3-エン、ペンタシクロ[6.5.1.13,6.02,7.09,13]ペンタデカ-4-エン、ペンタシクロ[7.4.0.12,5.19,12.08,13]ペンタデカ-3-エン、5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボン酸無水物、(メタ)アクリル酸アニリド、(メタ)アクリロイルニトリル、アクロレイン、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、フッ化ビニル、フッ化ビニリデン、ビニルピリジン、酢酸ビニル、ビニルトルエン;
 スチレンおよびその誘導体;
 シトラコン酸ジエチル、マレイン酸ジエチル、フマル酸ジエチル、イタコン酸ジエチル;
 無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸。
Examples of the compound (m1-3) include the following:
butadiene;
Methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylic rate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) ) Acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl ( Meta) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, ethylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol mono (meth) acrylate, rosin (Meta) acrylate, norbornyl (meth) acrylate, 5-methylnorbornyl (meth) acrylate, 5-ethylnorbornyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, 1,1 , 1-Trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoro-propyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoro-isopropyl (meth) acrylate, triphenylmethyl (meth) acrylate, cumyl (meth) acrylate , 3- (N, N-dimethylamino) propyl (meth) acrylate, glycerylol mono (meth) acrylate, butanetriol mono (meth) acrylate, pentatriol mono (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, di Cyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, naphthalene (meth) acrylate, anthracene (meth) acrylate, 2- (2-vinyloxyethoxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) ) Acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-isocyanatopropyl (meth) acrylate , 3-Isocyanatopropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-Isocyanato-1 -Methylethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-isocyanato-1,1-dimethylethyl (meth) acrylate, 4-isocyanatocyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, the above-mentioned (meth) acrylate having an isocyanato group (for example, 2-isocyanato). Ethyl (meth) acrylate) (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diethylamino having a blocked isocyanato group obtained by blocking the isocyanato group with a blocking agent. Ethyl (meth) acrylate, N-tert-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, tetramethylpiperidyl (meth) acrylate, hexamethylpiperidyl (meth) acrylate;
(Meta) Acrylic Acid Amide, (Meta) Acrylic Acid N, N-Dimethylamide, (Meta) Acrylic Acid N, N-Diethylamide, (Meta) Acrylic Acid N, N-Dipropylamide, (Meta) Acrylic Acid N, N-diisopropylamide, (meth) acrylic acid anthracenylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) acrylic morpholine, diacetone (meth) acrylamide;
Norbornene (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene), 5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene , Tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7, 10 ] Dodeca-3-ene, 8-methyltetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7, 10 ] Dodeca-3-ene, 8-ethyltetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 17 and 10 ] Dodeca-3-ene, dicyclopentadiene, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] deca-8-ene, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] deca-3 -En, tricyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 ] undec-3-ene, tricyclo [6.2.1.0 1,8 ] undec-9-ene, tricyclo [6.2.1.0] 1,8 ] Undeca-4-ene, tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 17 and 10 . 0 1,6 ] Dodeca-3-ene, 8-methyltetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 17 and 10 . 0 1,6 ] Dodeca-3-ene, 8-ethylidenetetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 17 and 12 ] Dodeca-3-ene, 8-ethylidenetetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 17 and 10 . 0 1,6 ] Dodeca-3-ene, pentacyclo [6.5.1.1 3,6 . 0 2,7 . 0 9,13] pentadeca-4-ene, pentacyclo [7.4.0.1 2,5. 19 and 12 . 0 8,13] pentadeca-3-ene, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, (meth) anilide acrylic acid, (meth) acryloyl nitrile, acrolein, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinyl fluoride, Vinylidene chloride, vinylpyridine, vinyl acetate, vinyltoluene;
Styrene and its derivatives;
Diethyl citraconic acid, diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, diethyl itaconic acid;
Maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride.
 入手のし易さおよび反応性の観点から、化合物(m1-3)としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミド、(メタ)アクリルモルフォリン、スチレン、ビニルトルエンおよびノルボルネンが好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレンおよびビニルトルエンがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of availability and reactivity, the compound (m1-3) includes methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, and the like. Glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate N, N-dimethylamide, (meth) acrylic morpho Phosphorus, styrene, vinyltoluene and norbornene are preferred, methyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl ( Meta) Acrylate, styrene and vinyl toluene are more preferred.
 耐熱分解性および耐熱黄変性の観点から、化合物(m1-3)としては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレートがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of heat decomposition and heat yellowing, the compound (m1-3) is preferably an alkyl (meth) acrylate, more preferably a methyl (meth) acrylate, a benzyl (meth) acrylate, or a dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate. preferable.
 着色硬化性組成物から得られるカラーフィルタ等の耐溶剤性の観点から、化合物(m1-3)としては、酸性基と反応する官能基(例えば、グリシジル基、オキセタニル基、イソシアナト基、ブロックイソシアナト基)を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチルメタクリレートがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of solvent resistance of a color filter or the like obtained from a color curable composition, the compound (m1-3) includes a functional group that reacts with an acidic group (for example, a glycidyl group, an oxetanyl group, an isocyanato group, a block isocyanato). A polymerizable compound having a group) is preferable, and glycidyl (meth) acrylate and (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl methacrylate are more preferable.
 上述のイソシアナト基のブロックに用いるブロック剤としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる:
 ε-カプロラクタム、δ-バレロラクタム、γ-ブチロラクタム、β-プロピオラクタム等のラクタム系ブロック剤;
 メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、エチレングリコール、メチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、メチルカルビトール、ベンジルアルコール、フェニルセロソルブ、フルフリルアルコール、シクロヘキサノール等のアルコール系ブロック剤;
 フェノール、クレゾール、キシレノール、エチルフェノール、o-イソプロピルフェノール、p-tert-ブチルフェノール等のブチルフェノール、p-tert-オクチルフェノール、ノニルフェノール、ジノニルフェノール、スチレン化フェノール、オキシ安息香酸エステル、チモール、p-ナフトール、p-ニトロフェノール、p-クロロフェノール等のフェノール系ブロック剤;
 マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセチルアセトン等の活性メチレン系ブロック剤;
 ブチルメルカプタン、チオフェノール、tert-ドデシルメルカプタン等のメルカプタン系ブロック剤;
 ジフェニルアミン、フェニルナフチルアミン、アニリン、カルバゾール等のアミン系ブロック剤;
 アセトアニリド、アセトアニシジド、酢酸アミド、ベンズアミド等の酸アミド系ブロック剤;
 コハク酸イミド、マレイン酸イミド等の酸イミド系ブロック剤;
 イミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、2-エチルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール系ブロック剤;
 尿素、チオ尿素、エチレン尿素等の尿素系ブロック剤;
 N-フェニルカルバミン酸フェニル、2-オキサゾリドン等のカルバミド酸塩系ブロック剤;
 エチレンイミン、ポリエチレンイミン等のイミン系ブロック剤;
 ホルムアルドオキシム、アセトアルドオキシム、アセトオキシム、メチルエチルケトオキシム、メチルイソブチルケトオキシム、シクロヘキサノンオキシム等のオキシム系ブロック剤;
 重亜硫酸ソーダ、重亜硫酸カリウム等の重亜硫酸塩系ブロック剤。
Examples of the blocking agent used for blocking the above-mentioned isocyanato group include the following:
Lactam-based blocking agents such as ε-caprolactam, δ-valerolactam, γ-butyrolactam, β-propiolactam;
Alcohol-based blocking agents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl carbitol, benzyl alcohol, phenyl cellosolve, furfuryl alcohol, cyclohexanol;
Butylphenol such as phenol, cresol, xylenol, ethylphenol, o-isopropylphenol, p-tert-butylphenol, p-tert-octylphenol, nonylphenol, dinonylphenol, styrenated phenol, oxybenzoic acid ester, timole, p-naphthol, p. -Phenol-based blocking agents such as nitrophenol and p-chlorophenol;
Active methylene block agents such as dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, and acetylacetone;
Mercaptan-based blocking agents such as butyl mercaptan, thiophenol, tert-dodecyl mercaptan;
Amine-based blocking agents such as diphenylamine, phenylnaphthylamine, aniline, and carbazole;
Acid amide blocking agents such as acetanilide, acetanilide, acetate amide, benzamide;
Acid-imide-based blocking agents such as succinate imide and maleate imide;
Imidazole-based blocking agents such as imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, and 2-ethylimidazole;
Urea-based blocking agents such as urea, thiourea, and ethylene urea;
Carbamide-based blocking agents such as phenyl N-phenylcarbamate and 2-oxazolidone;
Imine-based blocking agents such as ethyleneimine and polyethyleneimine;
Oxime-based blocking agents such as formaldehyde, acetoaldoxime, acetooxime, methylethylketooxime, methylisobutylketooxime, cyclohexanoneoxime;
Sodium bisulfite, potassium bisulfite and other bisulfite-based blocking agents.
 樹脂(B1)の重量分子量(Mw)および多分散度(Mw/Mn)を好ましい範囲内に制御するため、および重合時のゲル化を抑制するために、前記重合に用いる溶剤は、炭素数3~10のヒドロキシ基含有溶剤を含むことが好ましい。炭素数3~10のヒドロキシ基含有溶剤としては、例えば、プロピルアルコール、ブチルアルコール、ペンチルアルコール、ヘキシルアルコール、オクチルアルコール、ノニルアルコール、デシルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール等のモノアルコール類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等の(ポリ)アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類が挙げられる。 In order to control the weight molecular weight (Mw) and polydispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin (B1) within a preferable range and to suppress gelation during polymerization, the solvent used for the polymerization has 3 carbon atoms. It is preferable to contain a hydroxy group-containing solvent of ~ 10. Examples of the hydroxy group-containing solvent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms include monoalcohols such as propyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, pentyl alcohol, hexyl alcohol, octyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, decyl alcohol and benzyl alcohol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether and ethylene. Glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol Examples thereof include (poly) alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether and tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether.
 前記重合に用いる溶剤は、炭素数3~10のヒドロキシ基含有溶剤以外の溶剤を含んでいてもよい。前記溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート等の(ポリ)アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等のケトン類;3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、ヒドロキシ酢酸エチル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸エチル、酪酸プロピル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸ブチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソ酪酸エチル等のエステル類;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;N-メチルピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等のカルボン酸アミド類等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、反応性の観点から、(ポリ)アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類が好ましい。 The solvent used for the polymerization may contain a solvent other than the hydroxy group-containing solvent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the solvent include (poly) alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; diethylene glycol dimethyl ether and diethylene glycol methyl. Ethers such as ethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and 3-heptanone; methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl propionate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, acetate Butyl, isobutyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, propyl butyrate, isopropyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, 2-oxo Examples include ethers such as ethyl butyrate; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; and carboxylic acid amides such as N-methylpyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide and N, N-dimethylacetamide. Among these, (poly) alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates are preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity.
 前記重合に用いる溶剤の総量に対する炭素数3~10のヒドロキシ基含有溶剤の含有量は、樹脂(B1)の重量分子量および多分散度(Mw/Mn)の制御の観点から、10~100重量%であることが好ましく、20~100重量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the hydroxy group-containing solvent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms with respect to the total amount of the solvent used for the polymerization is 10 to 100% by weight from the viewpoint of controlling the weight molecular weight and the polydispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin (B1). It is preferably, and more preferably 20 to 100% by weight.
 前記重合における溶剤の使用量は、特に限定されないが、化合物(m1-1)、化合物(m1-2)および化合物(m1-3)の使用量の合計100重量部に対して、好ましくは30~1,000重量部、より好ましくは50~800重量部である。 The amount of the solvent used in the polymerization is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 30 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the compound (m1-1), the compound (m1-2) and the compound (m1-3). It is 1,000 parts by weight, more preferably 50 to 800 parts by weight.
 前記重合に使用し得る重合開始剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(イソ酪酸)ジメチル、過酸化ベンゾイル、tert-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート等が挙げられる。重合開始剤の使用量は、特に限定されないが、化合物(m1-1)、化合物(m1-2)および化合物(m1-3)の使用量の合計100重量部に対して、好ましくは0.5~20重量部、より好ましくは1.0~10重量部である。 The polymerization initiator that can be used for the polymerization is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2, Examples thereof include 2'-azobis (isobutyric acid) dimethyl, benzoyl peroxide, and tert-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate. The amount of the polymerization initiator used is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the compound (m1-1), the compound (m1-2) and the compound (m1-3) used. It is ~ 20 parts by weight, more preferably 1.0 to 10 parts by weight.
 樹脂(B)は、樹脂(B1)とは異なる樹脂(B2)を含有していてもよい。樹脂(B2)は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましく、不飽和カルボン酸および不飽和カルボン酸無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの単量体(以下「単量体(m2-1)」と記載することがある)に由来する構成単位を含む重合体であることが好ましい。前記重合体中、前記構成単位は、1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。 The resin (B) may contain a resin (B2) different from the resin (B1). The resin (B2) is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, and at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides (hereinafter, "monomer (m2-1)"). It is preferable that the polymer contains a structural unit derived from (may be described as). In the polymer, the structural unit may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types.
 樹脂(B2)は、単量体(m2-1)に由来する構成単位および炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(以下「単量体(m2-2)」と記載することがある)に由来する構成単位を含む共重合体であることがより好ましい。前記共重合体は、その他の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。その他の構成単位としては、例えば、単量体(m2-1)および単量体(m2-2)とは異なる単量体(以下「単量体(m2-3)」と記載することがある)に由来する構成単位、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位等が挙げられる。共重合体中、前記構成単位は、いずれも、1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。 The resin (B2) is a monomer having a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-1), a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter, “monomer (m2-)”. It is more preferable that the copolymer contains a structural unit derived from (2) ”. The copolymer may contain other structural units. As other structural units, for example, a monomer (m2-1) and a monomer different from the monomer (m2-2) (hereinafter, "monomer (m2-3)" may be described. ), A structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and the like. In the copolymer, each of the constituent units may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types.
 単量体(m2-1)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる:
 アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸およびo-、m-、p-ビニル安息香酸等の不飽和モノカルボン酸;
 マレイン酸、フマル酸、シトラコン酸、メサコン酸、イタコン酸、3-ビニルフタル酸、4-ビニルフタル酸、3,4,5,6-テトラヒドロフタル酸、1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロフタル酸、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸および1,4-シクロヘキセンジカルボン酸等の不飽和ジカルボン酸;
 メチル-5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボン酸、5-カルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5,6-ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-カルボキシメチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エンおよび5-カルボキシエチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン等のカルボキシ基を含有するビシクロ不飽和化合物;
 フマル酸およびメサコン酸を除く上記不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物等のカルボン酸無水物;
 コハク酸モノ〔2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕およびフタル酸モノ〔2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕等の2価以上の多価カルボン酸の不飽和モノ〔(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキル〕エステル類;
 α-(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸等の、同一分子中にヒドロキシ基およびカルボキシ基を含有する不飽和アクリレート類。
Examples of the monomer (m2-1) include the following:
Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid and unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid;
Maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, 3-vinylphthalic acid, 4-vinylphthalic acid, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, dimethyl Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid and 1,4-cyclohexendicarboxylic acid;
Methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 5-carboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, Bicyclounsaturated compounds containing carboxy groups such as 5-carboxymethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene and 5-carboxyethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene;
Carboxylic anhydrides such as the above unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydrides excluding fumaric acid and mesaconic acid;
Unsaturated mono [(meth) acryloyloxyalkyl] esters of divalent or higher polyvalent carboxylic acids such as mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] and mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] phthalates. Kind;
Unsaturated acrylates containing a hydroxy group and a carboxy group in the same molecule, such as α- (hydroxymethyl) acrylic acid.
 単量体(m2-1)としては、反応性の点や得られる樹脂のアルカリ水溶液への溶解性の点から、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸および無水マレイン酸が好ましい。 As the monomer (m2-1), acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and maleic anhydride are preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity and the solubility of the obtained resin in an alkaline aqueous solution.
 単量体(m2-2)は、炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する重合性化合物をいう。単量体(m2-2)は、炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基とを有する単量体であることが好ましい。炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造としては、例えば、オキシラン環、オキセタン環およびテトラヒドロフラン環が挙げられる。 The monomer (m2-2) refers to a polymerizable compound having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. The monomer (m2-2) is preferably a monomer having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and a (meth) acryloyloxy group. Examples of the cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms include an oxylan ring, an oxetane ring, and a tetrahydrofuran ring.
 単量体(m2-2)としては、例えば、オキシラニル基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(以下「単量体(m2-2-1)」と記載することがある)、オキセタニル基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(以下「単量体(m2-2-2)」と記載することがある)およびテトラヒドロフリル基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(以下「単量体(m2-2-3)」と記載することがある)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer (m2-2) include a monomer having an oxylanyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter, may be referred to as “monomer (m2-2-1)”), and oxetanyl. A monomer having a group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monomer (m2-2-2)") and a monomer having a tetrahydrofuryl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. (Hereinafter, it may be described as "monomer (m2-2-3)") and the like.
 単量体(m2-2-1)としては、例えば、直鎖状または分岐鎖状の脂肪族不飽和炭化水素がエポキシ化された構造を有する単量体(以下「単量体(m2-2-1a)」と記載することがある)および脂環式不飽和炭化水素がエポキシ化された構造を有する単量体(以下「(単量体m2-2-1b)」と記載することがある)が挙げられる。 As the monomer (m2-2-1), for example, a monomer having a structure in which a linear or branched aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter, “monomer (m2-2)”. -1a) ”) and a monomer having an alicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon epoxidized structure (hereinafter, may be described as“ (monomer m2-2-1b) ”. ).
 単量体(m2-2-1a)としては、グリシジル基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体が好ましい。単量体(m2-2-1a)としては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、β-メチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、β-エチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジルビニルエーテル、ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、α-メチルビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、2,3-ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,4-ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,5-ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,6-ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,4-トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,5-トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,6-トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、3,4,5-トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレンおよび2,4,6-トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン等が挙げられる。 As the monomer (m2-2-1a), a monomer having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable. Examples of the monomer (m2-2-1a) include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, β-methylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, β-ethylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl vinyl ether, vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, and α-methyl. Vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 2,3-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,4-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,5-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,6-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) ) Styrene, 2,3,4-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,3,5-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,3,6-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 3,4,5 -Tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene and 2,4,6-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene and the like can be mentioned.
 単量体(m2-2-1b)としては、例えば、ビニルシクロヘキセンモノオキシド、1,2-エポキシ-4-ビニルシクロヘキサン(例えば、セロキサイド(登録商標)2000;ダイセル社製)、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、サイクロマー(登録商標)A400;ダイセル社製)、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、サイクロマー(登録商標)M100;ダイセル社製)、式(BI)で表される化合物および式(BII)で表される化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer (m2-2-1b) include vinylcyclohexene monooxide, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane (for example, celloxide® 2000; manufactured by Daicel), 3,4-epoxy. Cyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate (eg, Cyclomer® A400; manufactured by Daicel), 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate (eg, Cyclomer® M100; manufactured by Daicel), formula. Examples thereof include a compound represented by (BI) and a compound represented by the formula (BII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
[式(BI)および式(BII)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、またはヒドロキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表し、
 XおよびXは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、*-R-、*-R-O-、*-R-S-または*-R-NH-を表し、
 Rは、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基を表し、および
 *は、Oとの結合位置を表す。]
[In formulas (BI) and (BII), Ra and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a hydroxy group.
X a and X b are each independently a single bond, * - R c -, * - R c -O -, * - R c -S- or * -R c -NH- the stands,
R c represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and * represents a bond position with O. ]
 式(BI)で表される化合物としては、例えば、式(I-1)~式(I-15)のいずれかで表される化合物等が挙げられる。中でも、式(I-1)、式(I-3)、式(I-5)、式(I-7)、式(I-9)および式(I-11)~式(I-15)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましく、式(I-1)、式(I-7)、式(I-9)および式(I-15)のいずれかで表される化合物がより好ましい。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (BI) include compounds represented by any of the formulas (I-1) to (I-15). Among them, formulas (I-1), formulas (I-3), formulas (I-5), formulas (I-7), formulas (I-9) and formulas (I-11) to formulas (I-15). The compound represented by any of the above is preferable, and the compound represented by any of the formula (I-1), the formula (I-7), the formula (I-9) and the formula (I-15) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(BII)で表される化合物としては、例えば、式(II-1)~式(II-15)のいずれかで表される化合物等が挙げられる。中でも、式(II-1)、式(II-3)、式(II-5)、式(II-7)、式(II-9)および式(II-11)~式(II-15)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましく、式(II-1)、式(II-7)、式(II-9)および式(II-15)のいずれかで表される化合物がより好ましい。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (BII) include compounds represented by any of the formulas (II-1) to (II-15). Among them, formula (II-1), formula (II-3), formula (II-5), formula (II-7), formula (II-9) and formulas (II-11) to formulas (II-15). The compound represented by any of the above is preferable, and the compound represented by any of the formula (II-1), the formula (II-7), the formula (II-9) and the formula (II-15) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 また、式(BI)で表される化合物および式(BII)で表される化合物は、それぞれ単独で用いてもよく、式(BI)で表される化合物と式(BII)で表される化合物とを併用してもよい。これらを併用する場合、式(BI)で表される化合物および式(BII)で表される化合物のモル比(式(BI)で表される化合物:式(BII)で表される化合物)で、好ましくは5:95~95:5であり、より好ましくは10:90~90:10であり、さらに好ましくは20:80~80:20である。 Further, the compound represented by the formula (BI) and the compound represented by the formula (BII) may be used independently, respectively, and the compound represented by the formula (BI) and the compound represented by the formula (BII) may be used alone. May be used in combination with. When these are used in combination, the molar ratio of the compound represented by the formula (BI) and the compound represented by the formula (BII) (the compound represented by the formula (BI): the compound represented by the formula (BII)) is used. , It is preferably 5:95 to 95: 5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and even more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
 単量体(m2-3)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる:
 メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、sec-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-9-イル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デセン-8-イル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デセン-9-イル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニルオキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、プロパルギル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフチル(メタ)アクリレートおよびベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレート;
 2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートおよび2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート;
 マレイン酸ジエチル、フマル酸ジエチルおよびイタコン酸ジエチル等のジカルボン酸ジエステル;
 ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-ヒドロキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-ヒドロキシメチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-(2’-ヒドロキシエチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-メトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-エトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5,6-ジヒドロキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5,6-ジ(ヒドロキシメチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5,6-ジ(2’-ヒドロキシエチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5,6-ジメトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5,6-ジエトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-ヒドロキシ-5-エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-ヒドロキシメチル-5-メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-tert-ブトキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5-フェノキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン、5,6-ビス(tert-ブトキシカルボニル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エンおよび5,6-ビス(シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン等のビシクロ不飽和化合物;
 N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-ベンジルマレイミド、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドベンゾエート、N-スクシンイミジル-4-マレイミドブチレート、N-スクシンイミジル-6-マレイミドカプロエート、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドプロピオネートおよびN-(9-アクリジニル)マレイミド等のジカルボニルイミド誘導体;
 スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエンおよびp-メトキシスチレン等のビニル基含有芳香族化合物;
 (メタ)アクリロニトリル等のビニル基含有ニトリル;
 塩化ビニルおよび塩化ビニリデン等のハロゲン化炭化水素;
 (メタ)アクリルアミド等のビニル基含有アミド;
 酢酸ビニル等のエステル;
 1,3-ブタジエン、イソプレンおよび2,3-ジメチル-1,3-ブタジエン等のジエン。
Examples of the monomer (m2-3) include the following:
Methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, Lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6] decan-9-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6] decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6] Decene-9-yl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, propargyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate , (Meta) acrylates such as naphthyl (meth) acrylates and benzyl (meth) acrylates;
Hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate;
Dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate and diethyl itaconic acid;
Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- Hydroxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- (2'-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-methoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dihydroxybicyclo [2.2] .1] Hept-2-ene, 5,6-di (hydroxymethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5,6-di (2'-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2. 1] Hept-2-ene, 5,6-dimethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-diethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy -5-Methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethyl-5-methylbicyclo [2] .2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-tert-butoxycarbonylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-cyclohexyloxycarbonylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-Phenoxycarbonylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis (tert-butoxycarbonyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene and 5,6-bis (cyclohexyl) Bicyclounsaturated compounds such as oxycarbonyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene;
N-Phenylmaleimide, N-Cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimidebenzoate, N-succinimidyl-4-maleimidebutyrate, N-succinimidyl-6-maleimide caproate, N-succinimidyl-3 -Dicarbonylimide derivatives such as maleimide propionate and N- (9-acridinyl) maleimide;
Vinyl group-containing aromatic compounds such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene and p-methoxystyrene;
Vinyl group-containing nitriles such as (meth) acrylonitrile;
Halogenated hydrocarbons such as vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride;
Vinyl group-containing amides such as (meth) acrylamide;
Esters such as vinyl acetate;
Dienes such as 1,3-butadiene, isoprene and 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene.
 反応性および耐熱性の点から、単量体(m2-3)としては、スチレン、ビニルトルエン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-9-イル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デセン-8-イル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デセン-9-イル(メタ)アクリレート、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-ベンジルマレイミド、ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エンおよびベンジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of reactivity and heat resistance, the monomers (m2-3) include styrene, vinyltoluene, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane-8-yl (meth) acrylate, and tricyclo [ 5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decane-9-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2. 1.0 2,6 ] Decene-9-yl (meth) acrylate, N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene and benzyl (meth) Acrylate is preferred.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位は、好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する構成単位である。このような構成単位を有する樹脂(B2)は、単量体(m2-1)に由来する構成単位および単量体(m2-2)に由来する構成単位を含む重合体に、前記構成単位が有する基と反応可能な基およびエチレン性不飽和結合を有する単量体を付加させることにより得ることができる。 The structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably a structural unit having a (meth) acryloyl group. The resin (B2) having such a structural unit is a polymer containing a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-1) and a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-2). It can be obtained by adding a group capable of reacting with the group having the group and a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸単位にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを付加させることによって得られる構成単位、無水マレイン酸単位に2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートを付加させることによって得られる構成単位、およびグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート単位に(メタ)アクリル酸を付加させることによって得られる構成単位、ヒドロキシ基を有する構成単位にカルボン酸無水物付加させることによって得られる構成単位等が挙げられる。 As the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, for example, a structural unit obtained by adding glycidyl (meth) acrylate to the (meth) acrylic acid unit, and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate as the maleic anhydride unit. Constituent units obtained by addition, structural units obtained by adding (meth) acrylic acid to glycidyl (meth) acrylate units, and structural units obtained by adding carboxylic acid anhydride to structural units having a hydroxy group. Units and the like can be mentioned.
 単量体(m2-1)に由来する構成単位を含む重合体は、例えば、重合開始剤の存在下、重合体の構成単位を構成する単量体を溶剤中で重合することにより製造できる。重合開始剤および溶剤等は、特に限定されず、当該分野で通常使用されているものを使用することができる。重合開始剤としては、例えば、アゾ化合物(2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)等)や有機過酸化物(ベンゾイルペルオキシド等)が挙げられる。溶剤としては、各単量体を溶解するものであれば特に限定は無く、例えば、後述の溶剤(H)が挙げられる。なお、得られた重合体は、反応後の溶液をそのまま使用してもよいし、濃縮または希釈した溶液を使用してもよいし、再沈殿等の方法で固体(粉体)として取り出したものを使用してもよい。 A polymer containing a structural unit derived from the monomer (m2-1) can be produced, for example, by polymerizing the monomer constituting the structural unit of the polymer in a solvent in the presence of a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator, solvent and the like are not particularly limited, and those usually used in the art can be used. Examples of the polymerization initiator include azo compounds (2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), etc.) and organic peroxides (benzoyl peroxide, etc.). Can be mentioned. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves each monomer, and examples thereof include the solvent (H) described later. As the obtained polymer, the solution after the reaction may be used as it is, a concentrated or diluted solution may be used, or the polymer is taken out as a solid (powder) by a method such as reprecipitation. May be used.
 単量体(m2-1)に由来する構成単位を含む重合体の製造では、単量体として、エチレン性不飽和結合を有するカルボン酸無水物を使用してもよい。前記カルボン酸無水物としては、無水マレイン酸、シトラコン酸無水物、イタコン酸無水物、3-ビニルフタル酸無水物、4-ビニルフタル酸無水物、3,4,5,6-テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸無水物および5,6-ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト-2-エン無水物等が挙げられる。 In the production of a polymer containing a structural unit derived from a monomer (m2-1), a carboxylic acid anhydride having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be used as the monomer. Examples of the carboxylic acid anhydride include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic acid anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and the like. Examples thereof include 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride.
 樹脂(B2)としては、例えば、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート/ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート/スチレン/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド/2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/ビニルトルエン共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デセニル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド共重合体、3-メチル-3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシメチルオキセタン/(メタ)アクリル酸/スチレン共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、スチレン/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体並びに特開平9-106071号公報、特開2004-29518号公報および特開2004-361455号公報に記載の樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the resin (B2) include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl. (Meta) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, glycidyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, glycidyl (meth) acrylate / styrene / (meth) acrylic acid common weight Combined, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / N-cyclohexyl maleimide copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5 2.1.0 2,6 ] Decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / N-cyclohexylmaleimide / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2] .1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl toluene copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (Meta) acrylic acid / 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / tricyclo [5.2.1 .0 2,6 ] Decenyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / N-cyclohexylmaleimide copolymer, 3-methyl-3- (meth) acryloyloxymethyloxetane / (meth) acrylic acid / styrene copolymer , Benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, styrene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and JP-A-9-106071, JP-A-2004-29518 and JP-A-2004-361455. Examples of the resin described in 1.
 2種以上の樹脂(B2)の組合せを使用する場合、前記組合せは、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド/2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/ビニルトルエン共重合体、および3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つを含むことが好ましい。 When a combination of two or more resins (B2) is used, the combination is a combination of 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid. Polymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / N-cyclohexylmaleimide / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer , 3,4-Epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / vinyltoluene copolymer, and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2] .1.0 2,6 ] It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate copolymer.
 樹脂(B2)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは3,000~100,000であり、より好ましくは5,000~50,000であり、さらに好ましくは5,000~30,000である。樹脂(B2)の多分散度(Mw/Mn)(即ち、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)の比)は、好ましくは1.1~6であり、より好ましくは1.2~4である。ここで樹脂(B2)の重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて、ポリスチレン換算にて算出される値である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (B2) is preferably 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 5,000 to 30,000. .. The polydispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin (B2) (that is, the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn)) is preferably 1.1 to 6, more preferably 1.2. ~ 4. Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin (B2) are values calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 樹脂(B2)の酸価(固形分換算値)は、好ましくは10~300mgKOH/g、より好ましくは20~250mgKOH/g、より一層好ましくは20~200mgKOH/g、さらに好ましくは20~170mgKOH/gであり、さらに一層好ましくは30~170mgKOH/g、特に好ましくは50~150mgKOH/g、特に一層好ましくは60~140mgKOH/g、最も好ましくは60~135mgKOH/gである。樹脂(B2)の酸価は、樹脂(B2)1gを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムの量(mg)として算出される値であり、例えば水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて滴定することにより求めることができる。 The acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B2) is preferably 10 to 300 mgKOH / g, more preferably 20 to 250 mgKOH / g, even more preferably 20 to 200 mgKOH / g, still more preferably 20 to 170 mgKOH / g. It is even more preferably 30 to 170 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 50 to 150 mgKOH / g, even more preferably 60 to 140 mgKOH / g, and most preferably 60 to 135 mgKOH / g. The acid value of the resin (B2) is a value calculated as the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the resin (B2), for example, by titrating with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution. Can be sought.
 樹脂(B2)を使用する場合、着色剤(A)100重量部に対するその含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の保存安定性、および着色硬化性組成物から得られるカラーフィルタ等の耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは10~40重量部であり、より好ましくは10~30重量部である。 When the resin (B2) is used, its content with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A) is from the viewpoint of storage stability of the color curable composition and heat resistance of a color filter or the like obtained from the color curable composition. Therefore, it is preferably 10 to 40 parts by weight, and more preferably 10 to 30 parts by weight.
<溶剤(E)>
 溶剤(E)は、特に限定されず、着色硬化性組成物の分野で知られている溶剤を用いることができる。溶剤(E)としては、例えば、エステル溶剤(分子内に-COO-を含み、-O-を含まない溶剤)、エーテル溶剤(分子内に-O-を含み、-COO-を含まない溶剤)、エーテルエステル溶剤(分子内に-COO-と-O-とを含む溶剤)、ケトン溶剤(分子内に-CO-を含み、-COO-を含まない溶剤)、アルコール溶剤(分子内にOHを含み、-O-、-CO-および-COO-を含まない溶剤)、芳香族炭化水素溶剤、アミド溶剤、ジメチルスルホキシド等が挙げられる。なお前記「-O-」の概念には、「-COO-」中の「-O-」は含まれず、前記「-CO-」の概念には、「-COO-」中の「-CO-」は含まれない。
<Solvent (E)>
The solvent (E) is not particularly limited, and a solvent known in the field of color curable composition can be used. Examples of the solvent (E) include an ester solvent (a solvent containing -COO- in the molecule and not containing -O-) and an ether solvent (a solvent containing -O- in the molecule and not containing -COO-). , Ether ester solvent (solvent containing -COO- and -O- in the molecule), ketone solvent (solvent containing -CO- in the molecule and not containing -COO-), alcohol solvent (OH in the molecule) Included, -O-, -CO- and -COO-free solvents), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents, dimethylsulfoxide and the like. The concept of "-O-" does not include "-O-" in "-COO-", and the concept of "-CO-" includes "-CO-" in "-COO-". Is not included.
 エステル溶剤としては、例えば、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソブタン酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートおよびγ-ブチロラクトンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the ester solvent include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl formate, isopentyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, and the like. Examples thereof include butyl butyrate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, cyclohexanol acetate and γ-butyrolactone.
 エーテル溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、3-メトキシブタノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチルブタノール、テトラヒドロフラン、テトラヒドロピラン、1,4-ジオキサン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、アニソール、フェネトールおよびメチルアニソールなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the ether solvent include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol mono. Ethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether , Diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, anisole, phenetol, methyl anisole and the like.
 エーテルエステル溶剤としては、例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテートおよびジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the ether ester solvent include methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3 -Ethyl ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionic acid Methyl, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene Examples thereof include glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate and dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
 ケトン溶剤としては、例えば、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、アセトン、2-ブタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、ジアセトンアルコール、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノンおよびイソホロンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the ketone solvent include 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, acetone, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, diacetone alcohol, and cyclo. Examples include pentanone, cyclohexanone and isophorone.
 アルコール溶剤としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールおよびグリセリンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the alcohol solvent include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin and the like.
 芳香族炭化水素溶剤としては、例えば、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレンおよびメシチレンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent include benzene, toluene, xylene and mesitylene.
 アミド溶剤としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミドおよびN-メチルピロリドンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the amide solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
 溶剤(E)は、好ましくは3-メトキシブタノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンおよびN,N-ジメチルホルムアミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、より好ましくは3-メトキシブタノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、乳酸エチル、ジアセトンアルコールおよび3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチルからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、さらに好ましくは3-メトキシブタノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートおよびジアセトンアルコールからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つである。 The solvent (E) is preferably 3-methoxybutanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diacetone. At least one selected from the group consisting of alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and N, N-dimethylformamide, more preferably 3-methoxybutanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether. , At least one selected from the group consisting of ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and diacetone alcohol. It is one.
 分散性の観点から、溶剤(E)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは70~95重量%、より好ましくは75~90重量%、さらに好ましくは80~90重量%である。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the content of the solvent (E) is preferably 70 to 95% by weight, more preferably 75 to 90% by weight, still more preferably 80 to 90% by weight, based on the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
<組成物の他の成分>
 本発明の組成物は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲で、上記成分とは異なる他の成分を含んでいてもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、着色硬化性組成物の分野で知られている添加剤が挙げられる。
<Other components of the composition>
The composition of the present invention may contain other components different from the above components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Other components include, for example, additives known in the field of color curable compositions.
 他の成分として、分散剤を使用してもよい。分散剤としては、例えば、界面活性剤が挙げられる。界面活性剤は、カチオン界面活性剤、アニオン界面活性剤、ノニオン界面活性剤、および両性界面活性剤のいずれでもよい。界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリエステル系界面活性剤、ポリアミン系界面活性剤、アクリル系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。分散剤の市販品としては、KP(信越化学工業社製)、フローレン(共栄社化学社製)、ソルスパース(登録商標)(ゼネカ社製)、EFKA(BASF社製)、アジスパー(登録商標)(味の素ファインテクノ社製)、DISPERBYK(登録商標)(ビックケミー・ジャパン社社製)、BYKLPN(ビックケミー・ジャパン社製)などが挙げられる。 A dispersant may be used as another component. Examples of the dispersant include surfactants. The surfactant may be any of a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, and an amphoteric surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include polyester-based surfactants, polyamine-based surfactants, acrylic-based surfactants, and the like. Commercially available dispersants include KP (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Floren (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Solspers (registered trademark) (Zeneca), EFKA (BASF), Aziper (registered trademark) (Ajinomoto). (Fine Techno Co., Ltd.), DISPERBYK (registered trademark) (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.), BYKLPN (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 分散剤を使用する場合、その含有量は、着色剤(A)100重量部に対して、好ましくは35~100重量部、より好ましくは35~65重量部、さらに好ましくは40~65重量部、特に好ましくは40~60重量部である。 When a dispersant is used, its content is preferably 35 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 35 to 65 parts by weight, still more preferably 40 to 65 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A). Particularly preferably, it is 40 to 60 parts by weight.
<組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の組成物は、例えば、化合物(1a)、化合物(2a)および化合物(3a)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つを含む着色剤(A)、樹脂(B1)を含む樹脂(B)、溶剤(E)、および必要に応じて他の成分(例えば分散剤)を混合することによって製造することができる。
<Manufacturing method of composition>
The composition of the present invention is, for example, a colorant (A) containing at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (1a), compound (2a) and compound (3a), and a resin (B) containing a resin (B1). , Solvent (E), and if necessary, other components (eg, dispersant) can be mixed.
 各成分を混合する機器に特に限定は無く、着色硬化性組成物の分野で知られている機器を使用することができる。溶剤(E)に不溶な成分(例えば、顔料)を使用する場合、各成分の混合物を、ビーズミル、ペイントコンディショナー等を用いて充分に撹拌することが好ましい。 The device for mixing each component is not particularly limited, and a device known in the field of color curable composition can be used. When a component (for example, a pigment) insoluble in the solvent (E) is used, it is preferable to sufficiently stir the mixture of each component using a bead mill, a paint conditioner, or the like.
<着色硬化性組成物>
 上述のようにして得られる本発明の組成物と、重合性化合物(C)と、重合開始剤(D)とを混合することによって着色硬化性組成物を製造することができる。
<Color curable composition>
A color-curable composition can be produced by mixing the composition of the present invention obtained as described above, the polymerizable compound (C), and the polymerization initiator (D).
 着色硬化性組成物の製造では、本発明の組成物、重合性化合物(C)および重合開始剤(D)とは異なる成分を使用してもよい。例えば、さらに溶剤(E)を添加してもよい。着色硬化性組成物の製造に使用し得る溶剤(E)としては、例えば、本発明の組成物の溶剤(E)で説明したものが挙げられる。 In the production of the color curable composition, components different from the composition, the polymerizable compound (C) and the polymerization initiator (D) of the present invention may be used. For example, the solvent (E) may be further added. Examples of the solvent (E) that can be used for producing the color-curable composition include those described in the solvent (E) of the composition of the present invention.
 溶剤(E)の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは70~90重量%、より好ましくは75~90重量%、さらに好ましくは80~90重量%である。 The content of the solvent (E) is preferably 70 to 90% by weight, more preferably 75 to 90% by weight, still more preferably 80 to 90% by weight, based on the total amount of the color curable composition.
 製造直後の着色硬化性組成物の粘度(=初期粘度)は、好ましくは3~15mPa・s、より好ましくは3~13mPa・s、さらに好ましくは3~10mPa・sである。この初期粘度は、回転速度100rpmおよび測定温度23℃の条件でコーンプレート型(E型)粘度計を用いて測定される値である。 The viscosity (= initial viscosity) of the color-curable composition immediately after production is preferably 3 to 15 mPa · s, more preferably 3 to 13 mPa · s, and further preferably 3 to 10 mPa · s. This initial viscosity is a value measured using a cone plate type (E type) viscometer under the conditions of a rotation speed of 100 rpm and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C.
<重合性化合物(C)>
 重合性化合物(C)は、重合開始剤(D)から発生した活性ラジカルおよび/または酸によって重合し得る化合物である。重合性化合物(C)は、好ましくはラジカル重合性化合物である。ラジカル重合性化合物としては、例えば、重合性のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物等が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性化合物は、好ましくは(メタ)アクリレート類である。
<Polymerizable compound (C)>
The polymerizable compound (C) is a compound that can be polymerized by active radicals and / or acids generated from the polymerization initiator (D). The polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a radically polymerizable compound. Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include compounds having a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond. The radically polymerizable compound is preferably (meth) acrylates.
 重合性化合物(C)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる:
 ノニルフェニルカルビトールアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルカルビトールアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、N-ビニルピロリドン等の1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物;
 1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAのビス(アクリロイロキシエチル)エーテルおよび3-メチルペンタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等の2個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物;
 トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等の3個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物;
 ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコール変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコール変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート等の4個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物;
 ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート等の5個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物;
 ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコール変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコール変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の6個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物;
 トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールオクタ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールノナ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールデカ(メタ)アクリレート等の7個以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物。
Examples of the polymerizable compound (C) include the following:
Compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated bond such as nonylphenylcarbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexylcarbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone;
1,6-Hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A bis (acryloyloxyethyl) ether and Compounds with two ethylenically unsaturated bonds, such as 3-methylpentanediol di (meth) acrylate;
Compounds with three ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, and tris (2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate;
Four ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol-modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol-modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, and caprolactone-modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate. Compounds;
Compounds with 5 ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate;
Six ethylenic compounds such as dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate. Compounds with unsaturated bonds;
A compound having seven or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol nona (meth) acrylate, and tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate.
 重合性化合物(C)は、3個以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する重合性化合物であることが好ましく、5または6個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する重合性化合物であることがより好ましい。具体的には、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートおよびジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。重合性化合物(C)の市販品としては、例えば、KAYARAD(登録商標)DPHA(日本化薬社)、A-TMM-3LM-N(新中村化学工業社)およびA9550(新中村化学工業社)等が挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and more preferably a polymerizable compound having 5 or 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Specifically, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable. Commercially available products of the polymerizable compound (C) include, for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), A-TMM-3LM-N (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and A9550 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). And so on.
 重合性化合物(C)の分子量は、好ましくは150以上2,900以下、より好ましくは250以上1,500以下である。なお、1,000以上の重合性化合物(C)の分子量は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて、ポリスチレン換算にて算出される重量平均分子量(Mw)である。 The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably 150 or more and 2,900 or less, and more preferably 250 or more and 1,500 or less. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (C) of 1,000 or more is a weight average molecular weight (Mw) calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 重合性化合物(C)の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分の総量に対して、好ましくは7~65重量%、より好ましくは13~60重量%、さらに好ましくは17~55重量%である。重合性化合物(C)の含有量が、前記の範囲内にあると、着色パターン形成時の残膜率およびカラーフィルタの耐薬品性が向上する傾向がある。 The content of the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably 7 to 65% by weight, more preferably 13 to 60% by weight, still more preferably 17 to 55% by weight, based on the total solid content of the color curable composition. Is. When the content of the polymerizable compound (C) is within the above range, the residual film ratio at the time of forming the coloring pattern and the chemical resistance of the color filter tend to be improved.
<重合開始剤(D)>
 重合開始剤(D)は、光または熱の作用により活性ラジカル、酸等を発生し、重合性化合物(C)の重合を開始し得る化合物であれば特に限定されることなく、公知の重合開始剤を用いることができる。重合開始剤(D)は、好ましくは光ラジカル重合開始剤である。重合性化合物(C)が、ラジカル重合性化合物であり、且つ重合開始剤(D)が、光ラジカル重合開始剤であること(即ち、硬化性組成物が、光硬化性組成物であること)がより好ましい。
<Polymerization initiator (D)>
The polymerization initiator (D) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating active radicals, acids and the like by the action of light or heat and initiating the polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C), and is known to initiate polymerization. Agents can be used. The polymerization initiator (D) is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. The polymerizable compound (C) is a radically polymerizable compound, and the polymerization initiator (D) is a photoradical polymerization initiator (that is, the curable composition is a photocurable composition). Is more preferable.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、好ましくはO-アシルオキシム化合物、アルキルフェノン化合物、トリアジン化合物、アシルホスフィンオキサイド化合物およびビイミダゾール化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、より好ましくはO-アシルオキシム化合物である。 The photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an O-acyloxime compound, an alkylphenone compound, a triazine compound, an acylphosphine oxide compound and a biimidazole compound, and more preferably an O-acyloxime compound. Is.
 O-アシルオキシム化合物は、式(d1)で表される部分構造を有する化合物である(下記式中、*は結合位置を表す)。 The O-acyloxime compound is a compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d1) (in the following formula, * represents a binding position).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 O-アシルオキシム化合物としては、例えば、N-ベンゾイルオキシ-1-(4-フェニルスルファニルフェニル)ブタン-1-オン-2-イミン、N-ベンゾイルオキシ-1-(4-フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン-1-オン-2-イミン、N-ベンゾイルオキシ-1-(4-フェニルスルファニルフェニル)-3-シクロペンチルプロパン-1-オン-2-イミン、N-アセトキシ-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタン-1-イミン、N-アセトキシ-1-[9-エチル-6-{2-メチル-4-(3,3-ジメチル-2,4-ジオキサシクロペンタニルメチルオキシ)ベンゾイル}-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタン-1-イミン、N-アセトキシ-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-3-シクロペンチルプロパン-1-イミン、N-ベンゾイルオキシ-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-3-シクロペンチルプロパン-1-オン-2-イミン、N-アセチルオキシ-1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)フェニルスルファニルフェニル]プロパン-1-オン-2-イミン等が挙げられる。TR-PBG327(常州強力電子新材料社製)、イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE01、イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE02、イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE03、イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、N-1919(ADEKA社製)等の市販品を用いてもよい。 Examples of the O-acyloxym compound include N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butane-1-one-2-imine and N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-. 1-on-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) -3-cyclopentylpropane-1-one-2-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- (9-ethyl-6- ( 2-Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- {2-methyl-4- (3,3-dimethyl-2,4) -Dioxacyclopentanylmethyloxy) benzoyl} -9H-carbazole-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole- 3-Il] -3-cyclopentylpropane-1-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] -3-cyclopentylpropane-1 -On-2-imine, N-acetyloxy-1- [4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) phenylsulfanylphenyl] propan-1-one-2-imine and the like can be mentioned. TR-PBG327 (manufactured by Joshu Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE01, Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE02, Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE03, Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), N- Commercially available products such as 1919 (manufactured by ADEKA) may be used.
 アルキルフェノン化合物は、式(d2)で表される部分構造または式(d3)で表される部分構造を有する化合物である(下記式中、*は結合位置を表す)。これらの部分構造中、ベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkylphenone compound is a compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d2) or a partial structure represented by the formula (d3) (in the following formula, * represents a bond position). In these partial structures, the benzene ring may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(d2)で表される部分構造を有する化合物としては、例えば、2-メチル-2-モルホリノ-1-(4-メチルスルファニルフェニル)プロパン-1-オン、2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジルブタン-1-オン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]ブタン-1-オン等が挙げられる。イルガキュア(登録商標)369、イルガキュア(登録商標)907、イルガキュア(登録商標)379(以上、BASF社製)等の市販品を用いてもよい。 Examples of the compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d2) include 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- (4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4). -Morphorinophenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one, 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] butane-1-one And so on. Commercially available products such as Irgacure (registered trademark) 369, Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, and Irgacure (registered trademark) 379 (all manufactured by BASF) may be used.
 式(d3)で表される部分構造を有する化合物としては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-〔4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル〕プロパン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-(4-イソプロペニルフェニル)プロパン-1-オンのオリゴマー、α,α-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、ベンジルジメチルケタール等が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d3) include 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (2). -Hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] Propane-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- (4-isopropenylphenyl) propan-1-one oligomer, α, α-diethoxy Examples thereof include acetophenone and benzyl dimethyl ketal.
 感度の観点から、アルキルフェノン化合物としては、式(d2)で表される部分構造を有する化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the alkylphenone compound is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (d2).
 トリアジン化合物としては、例えば、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-(4-メトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-(4-メトキシナフチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-ピペロニル-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-(4-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-〔2-(5-メチルフラン-2-イル)エテニル〕-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-〔2-(フラン-2-イル)エテニル〕-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-〔2-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-メチルフェニル)エテニル〕-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-〔2-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)エテニル〕-1,3,5-トリアジン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the triazine compound include 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxy). Naftyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6-piperonyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxystyryl) )-1,3,5-Triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (5-methylfuran-2-yl) ethenyl] -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4- Bis (trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (fran-2-yl) ethenyl] -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (4-diethylamino-2) -Methylphenyl) ethenyl] -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) ethenyl] -1,3,5-triazine, etc. Can be mentioned.
 アシルホスフィンオキサイド化合物としては、例えば、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド等が挙げられる。イルガキュア(登録商標)819(BASF社製)等の市販品を用いてもよい。 Examples of the acylphosphine oxide compound include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide. Commercially available products such as Irgacure (registered trademark) 819 (manufactured by BASF) may be used.
 ビイミダゾール化合物としては、例えば、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,3-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール(例えば、特開平6-75372号公報、特開平6-75373号公報参照)、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラ(アルコキシフェニル)ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラ(ジアルコキシフェニル)ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラ(トリアルコキシフェニル)ビイミダゾール(例えば、特公昭48-38403号公報、特開昭62-174204号公報参照)、4,4’,5,5’-位のフェニル基がカルボアルコキシ基により置換されているビイミダゾール化合物(例えば、特開平7-10913号公報参照)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the biimidazole compound include 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole and 2,2'-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4. , 4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (see, for example, JP-A-6-75372, JP-A-6-75373), 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4' , 5,5'-tetra (alkoxyphenyl) biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetra (dialkoxyphenyl) biimidazole, 2,2'- Bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetra (trialkoxyphenyl) biimidazole (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 48-38403, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-174204), 4,4 Examples thereof include a biimidazole compound in which the phenyl group at the', 5, 5'-position is substituted with a carboalkoxy group (see, for example, JP-A-7-10913).
 他の重合開始剤(D)としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル等のベンゾイン化合物;ベンゾフェノン、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン化合物;9,10-フェナンスレンキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、カンファーキノン等のキノン化合物;10-ブチル-2-クロロアクリドン、ベンジル、フェニルグリオキシル酸メチル、チタノセン化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the other polymerization initiator (D) include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether and benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, methyl o-benzoyl benzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4 Benzoyl compounds such as -benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenylsulfide, 3,3', 4,4'-tetra (tert-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone; 9,10-phenance Kinone compounds such as lenquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone and camphorquinone; 10-butyl-2-chloroacrydone, benzyl, methyl phenylglycioxylate, titanosen compounds and the like can be mentioned.
 酸発生剤としては、例えば、4-ヒドロキシフェニルジメチルスルホニウムp-トルエンスルホナート、4-ヒドロキシフェニルジメチルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4-アセトキシフェニルジメチルスルホニウムp-トルエンスルホナート、4-アセトキシフェニル・メチル・ベンジルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、トリフェニルスルホニウムp-トルエンスルホナート、トリフェニルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、ジフェニルヨードニウムp-トルエンスルホナート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート等のオニウム塩類、ニトロベンジルトシレート類、ベンゾイントシレート類等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acid generator include 4-hydroxyphenyldimethylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-hydroxyphenyldimethylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, 4-acetoxyphenyldimethylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-acetoxyphenylmethyl. Onium salts such as benzylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, diphenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, nitrobenzyltosylate, benzoin Examples include tosilates.
 重合開始剤(D)の含有量は、樹脂(B)および重合性化合物(C)の合計100重量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~30重量部であり、より好ましくは1~20重量部である。 The content of the polymerization initiator (D) is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). It is a department.
<着色硬化性組成物の他の成分>
 着色硬化性組成物は、上記成分とは異なる他の成分を含んでいてもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、着色硬化性組成物の分野で知られている添加剤が挙げられる。
<Other components of the color curable composition>
The color-curable composition may contain other components different from the above components. Other components include, for example, additives known in the field of color curable compositions.
 他の成分として、レベリング剤を使用してもよい。レベリング剤としては、例えば、シリコーン系界面活性剤およびフッ素系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。 A leveling agent may be used as another ingredient. Examples of the leveling agent include silicone-based surfactants and fluorine-based surfactants.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、分子内にシロキサン結合を有する界面活性剤等が挙げられる。その市販品としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、同SH7PA、同DC11PA、同SH21PA、同SH28PA、同SH29PA、同SH30PA、同SH8400(東レ・ダウコーニング社製)、KP321、KP322、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341(信越化学工業社製)、TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF4446、TSF4452およびTSF4460(モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ・ジャパン合同会社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include a surfactant having a siloxane bond in the molecule. Examples of commercially available products include Torre Silicone DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400 (manufactured by Toray Dow Corning), KP321, KP322, KP323, KP324, and KP326. , KP340, KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF4446, TSF4452, TSF4460 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Japan GK) and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有していてもよい。フッ素原子を有するシリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファック(登録商標)R08、同BL20、同F475、同F477および同F443(DIC社製)等が挙げられる。 The silicone-based surfactant may have a fluorine atom. Examples of the silicone-based surfactant having a fluorine atom include Megafuck (registered trademark) R08, BL20, F475, F477 and F443 (manufactured by DIC Corporation).
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、分子内にフルオロカーボン鎖を有する界面活性剤等が挙げられる。その市販品としては、例えば、フロラード(登録商標)FC430、同FC431(住友スリーエム社製)、メガファック(登録商標)F142D、同F171、同F172、同F173、同F177、同F183、同F554、同R30、同RS-718-K(DIC社製)、エフトップ(登録商標)EF301、同EF303、同EF351、同EF352(三菱マテリアル電子化成社製)、サーフロン(登録商標)S381、同S382、同SC101、同SC105(旭硝子社製)およびE5844((株)ダイキンファインケミカル研究所製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include a surfactant having a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule. Examples of commercially available products include Florard (registered trademark) FC430, FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), Megafuck (registered trademark) F142D, F171, F172, F173, F177, F183, and F554. R30, RS-718-K (manufactured by DIC), Ftop (registered trademark) EF301, EF303, EF351, EF352 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronics Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon (registered trademark) S381, S382, Examples thereof include SC101, SC105 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and E5844 (manufactured by Daikin Fine Chemical Laboratory Co., Ltd.).
 レベリング剤を使用する場合、その含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは0.001~0.2重量%、より好ましくは0.002~0.1重量%、さらに好ましくは0.01~0.05重量%である。レベリング剤の含有量が前記の範囲内にあると、着色硬化性組成物から得られるカラーフィルタの平坦性を良好にすることができる。 When a leveling agent is used, its content is preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by weight, more preferably 0.002 to 0.1% by weight, still more preferably, based on the total amount of the color curable composition. Is 0.01 to 0.05% by weight. When the content of the leveling agent is within the above range, the flatness of the color filter obtained from the color curable composition can be improved.
 以下、実施例等を挙げて本発明をより具体的に説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例等によって制限を受けるものではなく、上記・下記の趣旨に適合し得る範囲で適当に変更を加えて実施することも可能であり、それらはいずれも本発明の技術的範囲に包含される。また、以下の実施例等に記載の「部」は「重量部」を意味し、後述する増粘率(%)以外の「%」は「重量%」を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples and the like, but the present invention is not limited by the following Examples and the like, and appropriate modifications are made to the extent that the above and the following objectives can be met. It can also be carried out in addition, all of which are within the technical scope of the invention. Further, "part" described in the following examples and the like means "part by weight", and "%" other than the thickening ratio (%) described later means "% by weight".
製造例1:樹脂(B1-1)の製造
 撹拌装置、滴下ロート、コンデンサー、温度計およびガス導入管を備えたフラスコに、3-メトキシブタノール750.0部を入れ、窒素置換しながら撹拌し、80℃に昇温した。次に、メタクリル酸25.6部、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン146.4部およびメチルメタクリレート49.2部からなるモノマー混合物に、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)(重合開始剤)28.8部を添加したものを、滴下ロートから前記フラスコ中に滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃にて混合物を5時間撹拌して共重合反応を行い、共重合体(以下「樹脂(B1-1)」と記載する)溶液(固形分20%)を得た。樹脂(B1-1)の酸価(固形分換算値)は82mgKOH/g、その重量平均分子量(Mw)は5,500、そのシリル基当量は500であった。
Production Example 1: Production of resin (B1-1) Put 750.0 parts of 3-methoxybutanol in a flask equipped with a stirrer, a dropping funnel, a condenser, a thermometer and a gas introduction tube, and stir while replacing with nitrogen. The temperature was raised to 80 ° C. Next, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was added to a monomer mixture consisting of 25.6 parts of methacrylic acid, 146.4 parts of 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 49.2 parts of methyl methacrylate. A product to which 28.8 parts (polymerization initiator) was added was added dropwise to the flask from the dropping funnel. After completion of the dropping, the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 5 hours to carry out a copolymerization reaction to obtain a copolymer (hereinafter referred to as “resin (B1-1)”) solution (solid content 20%). The acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B1-1) was 82 mgKOH / g, its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 5,500, and its silyl group equivalent was 500.
製造例2:樹脂(B2-1)の製造
 還流冷却器、滴下ロートおよび攪拌機を備えたフラスコ内を窒素雰囲気とし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート280部を入れ、攪拌しながら80℃まで加熱した。次いで、該フラスコ内に、アクリル酸38部、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イルアクリレートおよび3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-9-イルアクリレートの混合物(含有比はモル比で50:50)289部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート125部に溶解した溶液を滴下ポンプを用いて約5時間かけて滴下した。一方、重合開始剤2,2-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)33部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート235部に溶解した溶液を別の滴下ポンプを用いて約6時間かけてフラスコ内に滴下した。重合開始剤の滴下が終了した後、混合物を80℃で約4時間保持した後、室温まで冷却して、共重合体(以下「樹脂(B2-1)」と記載する)溶液(固形分35.1%)を得た。樹脂(B2-1)の酸価(固形分換算値)は77mgKOH/g、その重量平均分子量(Mw)は9,200、その多分散度(Mw/Mn)は2.08であった。
Production Example 2: Production of Resin (B2-1) A flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer was set to have a nitrogen atmosphere, 280 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added, and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C. with stirring. Then, in the flask, 38 parts of acrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane-8-ylacrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2. 1.0 2,6 ] A solution of 289 parts of a mixture of decan-9-ylacrylate (content ratio is 50:50 in molar ratio) in 125 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was dissolved in 125 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate over about 5 hours using a dropping pump. And dropped. On the other hand, a solution prepared by dissolving 33 parts of the polymerization initiator 2,2-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) in 235 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is added dropwise into the flask over about 6 hours using another dropping pump. did. After the dropping of the polymerization initiator is completed, the mixture is held at 80 ° C. for about 4 hours, cooled to room temperature, and the copolymer (hereinafter referred to as “resin (B2-1)”) solution (solid content 35). .1%) was obtained. The acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B2-1) was 77 mgKOH / g, its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 9,200, and its polydispersity (Mw / Mn) was 2.08.
製造例3:樹脂(B2-2)の製造
 還流冷却器、滴下ロートおよび攪拌機を備えた1Lのフラスコ内を窒素雰囲気に置換し、エチルラクテート141部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート178部を入れ、攪拌しながら85℃まで加熱した。次いで、アクリル酸38部、3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イルアクリレートおよび3,4-エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-9-イルアクリレートの混合物25部、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド137部、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート50部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート338部の混合溶液を5時間かけて滴下した。一方、2,2-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル5部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート88部に溶解した溶液を6時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、混合物を85℃で4時間保持した後、室温まで冷却して、共重合体(以下「樹脂(B2-2)」と記載する)溶液(固形分25.6%)を得た。樹脂(B2-2)溶液のB型粘度計で測定した23℃での粘度は23mPa・sであった。また、樹脂(B2-2)の酸価(固形分換算値)は111mgKOH/g、その重量平均分子量(Mw)は8,000、その多分散度(Mw/Mn)は2.1であった。
Production Example 3: Production of resin (B2-2) The inside of a 1 L flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer is replaced with a nitrogen atmosphere, 141 parts of ethyl lactate and 178 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate are added and stirred. While heating to 85 ° C. Then 38 parts of acrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane-8-ylacrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] . 6 ] A mixed solution of 25 parts of a mixture of decane-9-ylacrylate, 137 parts of N-cyclohexylmaleimide, 50 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 338 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added dropwise over 5 hours. On the other hand, a solution prepared by dissolving 5 parts of 2,2-azobisisobutyronitrile in 88 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added dropwise over 6 hours. After completion of the dropping, the mixture was held at 85 ° C. for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a copolymer (hereinafter referred to as "resin (B2-2)") solution (solid content 25.6%). .. The viscosity of the resin (B2-2) solution at 23 ° C. measured with a B-type viscometer was 23 mPa · s. The acid value (solid content conversion value) of the resin (B2-2) was 111 mgKOH / g, its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 8,000, and its polydispersity (Mw / Mn) was 2.1. ..
 前記樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、以下の条件のGPCによって測定した。
装置;K2479(島津製作所社製)
カラム;SHIMADZU Shim-pack GPC-80M
カラム温度;40℃
溶媒;THF(テトラヒドロフラン)
被検液濃度;25mg/mL(溶剤;THF)
流速;1.0mL/min
検出器;RI
校正用標準物質 ;TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40、F-4、F-288、A-2500、A-500(東ソー社製)
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC under the following conditions.
Equipment: K2479 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation)
Column; SHIMADZU Shima-pack GPC-80M
Column temperature; 40 ° C
Solvent; THF (tetrahydrofuran)
Test solution concentration; 25 mg / mL (solvent; THF)
Flow velocity; 1.0 mL / min
Detector; RI
Calibration standard material; TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40, F-4, F-288, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
製造例4:式(1a-1)で表される化合物の製造
 特開2018-127596号公報の実施例7に記載の方法と同様にして、下記式(1a-1)で表される化合物を着色剤(A)として製造した。
Production Example 4: Production of a compound represented by the formula (1a-1) A compound represented by the following formula (1a-1) is prepared in the same manner as in Example 7 of JP-A-2018-127596. Manufactured as a colorant (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
製造例5:式(2a-1)で表される化合物の製造
 特開2015-38201号公報の合成例19に記載の方法と同様にして、下記式(2a-1)で表される化合物を着色剤(A)として製造した。
Production Example 5: Production of a compound represented by the formula (2a-1) A compound represented by the following formula (2a-1) is prepared in the same manner as in the method described in Synthesis Example 19 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-38201. Manufactured as a colorant (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
実施例1:組成物(1)の製造
 化合物(1a-1)7部、分散剤(DISPERBYK(登録商標)-2050(ビックケミー・ジャパン社製))3部、樹脂(B1-1)(固形分換算)3部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート81部、ジアセトンアルコール6部および0.2mmのジルコニアビーズ300部を混合し、ペイントコンディショナー(LAU社製)を使用して、得られた混合物を3時間振盪した。その後、ジルコニアビーズをろ過により除去して組成物(1)を得た。
 組成物(1)の着色剤(A)(化合物(1a-1))の含有量は、固形分の総量に対して53.8%であった。
 組成物(1)の溶剤(E)の含有量は、組成物の総量に対して87%であった。
Example 1: Production of composition (1) 7 parts of compound (1a-1), 3 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK (registered trademark) -2050 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), resin (B1-1) (solid content) (Conversion) 3 parts, 81 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 6 parts of diacetone alcohol and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads are mixed, and the obtained mixture is mixed for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). It was shaken. Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (1).
The content of the colorant (A) (compound (1a-1)) of the composition (1) was 53.8% with respect to the total amount of solids.
The content of the solvent (E) in the composition (1) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
実施例2:組成物(2)の製造
 化合物(1a-1)7部、分散剤(DISPERBYK(登録商標)-2050(ビックケミー・ジャパン社製))3部、樹脂(B1-1)(固形分換算)1部、樹脂(B2-1)(固形分換算)2部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート81部、ジアセトンアルコール6部および0.2mmのジルコニアビーズ300部を混合し、ペイントコンディショナー(LAU社製)を使用して、得られた混合物を3時間振盪した。その後、ジルコニアビーズをろ過により除去して組成物(2)を得た。
 組成物(2)の着色剤(A)(化合物(1a-1))の含有量は、固形分の総量に対して53.8%であった。
 組成物(2)の溶剤(E)の含有量は、組成物の総量に対して87%であった。
Example 2: Production of composition (2) 7 parts of compound (1a-1), 3 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK (registered trademark) -2050 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), resin (B1-1) (solid content) 1 part of resin (B2-1) (solid content conversion), 81 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 6 parts of diacetone alcohol and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads are mixed and painted conditioner (LAU). The resulting mixture was shaken for 3 hours using. Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (2).
The content of the colorant (A) (compound (1a-1)) of the composition (2) was 53.8% with respect to the total amount of solids.
The content of the solvent (E) in the composition (2) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
比較例1:組成物(3)の製造
 化合物(1a-1)7部、分散剤(DISPERBYK(登録商標)-2050(ビックケミー・ジャパン社製))3部、樹脂(B2-1)(固形分換算)3部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート81部、ジアセトンアルコール6部および0.2mmのジルコニアビーズ300部を混合し、ペイントコンディショナー(LAU社製)を使用して3時間振盪した。その後、ジルコニアビーズをろ過により除去して組成物(3)を得た。
 組成物(3)の固形分の着色剤(A)(化合物(1a-1))の含有量は、固形分の総量に対して53.8%であった。
 組成物(3)の溶剤(E)の含有量は、組成物の総量に対して87%であった。
Comparative Example 1: Production of composition (3) 7 parts of compound (1a-1), 3 parts of dispersant (DISPERBYK (registered trademark) -2050 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), resin (B2-1) (solid content) (Conversion) 3 parts, 81 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 6 parts of diacetone alcohol and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads were mixed and shaken for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (3).
The content of the solid colorant (A) (compound (1a-1)) in the composition (3) was 53.8% of the total solid content.
The content of the solvent (E) in the composition (3) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
実施例3:組成物(4)の製造
 化合物(2a-1)5部、分散剤(BYKLPN-21324(ビックケミー・ジャパン社製))4部、樹脂(B1-1)(固形分換算)4部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート87部および0.2mmのジルコニアビーズ300部を混合し、ペイントコンディショナー(LAU社製)を使用して、得られた混合物を3時間振盪した。その後、ジルコニアビーズをろ過により除去して組成物(4)を得た。
 組成物(4)の着色剤(A)(化合物(2a-1))の含有量は、固形分の総量に対して38.5%であった。
 組成物(4)の溶剤(E)の含有量は、組成物の総量に対して87%であった。
Example 3: Production of composition (4) 5 parts of compound (2a-1), 4 parts of dispersant (BYKLPN-21324 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), 4 parts of resin (B1-1) (solid content conversion) , 87 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads were mixed, and the obtained mixture was shaken for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (4).
The content of the colorant (A) (compound (2a-1)) of the composition (4) was 38.5% with respect to the total amount of solids.
The content of the solvent (E) in the composition (4) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
比較例2:組成物(5)の製造
 化合物(2a-1)5部、分散剤(BYKLPN-21324(ビックケミー・ジャパン社製))4部、樹脂(B2-1)(固形分換算)4部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート87部および0.2mmのジルコニアビーズ300部を混合し、ペイントコンディショナー(LAU社製)を使用して3時間振盪した。その後、ジルコニアビーズをろ過により除去して組成物(5)を得た。
 組成物(5)の着色剤(A)(化合物(2a-1))の含有量は、固形分の総量に対して38.5%であった。
 組成物(5)の溶剤(E)の含有量は、組成物の総量に対して87%であった。
Comparative Example 2: Production of composition (5) 5 parts of compound (2a-1), 4 parts of dispersant (BYKLPN-21324 (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan)), 4 parts of resin (B2-1) (solid content conversion) , 87 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 300 parts of 0.2 mm zirconia beads were mixed and shaken for 3 hours using a paint conditioner (manufactured by LAU). Then, the zirconia beads were removed by filtration to obtain the composition (5).
The content of the colorant (A) (compound (2a-1)) of the composition (5) was 38.5% with respect to the total amount of solids.
The content of the solvent (E) in the composition (5) was 87% with respect to the total amount of the composition.
<組成物(1)~(5)の評価>
 以下のようにして、実施例1~3並びに比較例1および2で得られた組成物(1)~(5)を用いて着色硬化性組成物(1)~(6)を製造し、得られた着色硬化性組成物の増粘率を測定した。
<Evaluation of compositions (1) to (5)>
Color curable compositions (1) to (6) were produced using the compositions (1) to (5) obtained in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 as described below. The thickening rate of the colored curable composition was measured.
(1-1)着色硬化性組成物(1)~(3)の製造
 組成物(1)~(3)のいずれか281部、樹脂(B2-2)(固形分換算)50部、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(日本化薬社製、重合性化合物(C))50部、N-ベンゾイルオキシ-1-(4-フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン-1-オン-2-イミン(BASF社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE01」、重合開始剤(D))3部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(溶剤(E))500部、およびポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル(東レ・ダウコーニング社製「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、レベリング剤)0.1部を混合して、着色硬化性組成物(1)~(3)を得た。
(1-1) Production of Color Curable Compositions (1) to (3) 281 parts of any of the compositions (1) to (3), resin (B2-2) (solid content equivalent) 50 parts, dipenta 50 parts of erythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., polymerizable compound (C)), N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (manufactured by BASF, "Irgacure" Registered trademark) OXE01 ”, polymerization initiator (D) 3 parts, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (solvent (E)) 500 parts, and polyether-modified silicone oil (Toray Dow Corning“ Torre Silicone SH8400 ”, leveling Agent) 0.1 part was mixed to obtain colored curable compositions (1) to (3).
(1-2)着色硬化性組成物(4)および(5)の製造
 組成物(4)および(5)のいずれか424部、樹脂(B2-2)(固形分換算)50部、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(日本化薬社製、重合性化合物(C))50部、N-ベンゾイルオキシ-1-(4-フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン-1-オン-2-イミン(BASF社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE01」、重合開始剤(D))3部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(溶剤(E))430部、およびポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル(東レ・ダウコーニング社製「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、レベリング剤)0.1部を混合して、着色硬化性組成物(4)および(5)を得た。
(1-2) Production of Color Curable Compositions (4) and (5) 424 parts of any of the compositions (4) and (5), 50 parts of resin (B2-2) (solid content equivalent), dipenta 50 parts of erythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., polymerizable compound (C)), N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (manufactured by BASF, "Irgacure" Registered trademark) OXE01 ”, polymerization initiator (D) 3 parts, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (solvent (E)) 430 parts, and polyether-modified silicone oil (Toray Dow Corning“ Torre Silicone SH8400 ”, leveling Agent) 0.1 parts were mixed to obtain color-curable compositions (4) and (5).
(1-3)着色硬化性組成物(6)の製造
 組成物(5)424部、樹脂(B2-2)(固形分換算)50部、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(日本化薬社製、重合性化合物(C))50部、N-ベンゾイルオキシ-1-(4-フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン-1-オン-2-イミン(BASF社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE01」、重合開始剤(D))3部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(溶剤(E))360部、3-メトキシブタノール(溶剤(E))70部、およびポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル(東レ・ダウコーニング社製「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、レベリング剤)0.1部を混合して、着色硬化性組成物(6)を得た。
(1-3) Production of Color Curable Composition (6) Composition (5) 424 parts, resin (B2-2) (solid content equivalent) 50 parts, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., polymerization) 50 parts of sex compound (C)), N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-on-2-imine (BASF "Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE01", polymerization initiator (D) )) 3 parts, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (solvent (E)) 360 parts, 3-methoxybutanol (solvent (E)) 70 parts, and polyether-modified silicone oil (Toray Dow Corning "Torre Silicone SH8400" , Leveling agent) 0.1 part was mixed to obtain a color curable composition (6).
(2)増粘率の測定
 製造直後の着色硬化性組成物(1)~(6)の粘度(=初期粘度)を、回転速度100rpmおよび測定温度23℃の条件でコーンプレート型(E型)粘度計(東機産業社製「Viscometer TV-25」)を用いて測定した。結果を表1に示す。
(2) Measurement of thickening rate The viscosity (= initial viscosity) of the colored curable compositions (1) to (6) immediately after production is adjusted to a cone plate type (E type) under the conditions of a rotation speed of 100 rpm and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C. The measurement was performed using a viscometer (“Viscometer TV-25” manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.). The results are shown in Table 1.
 40℃で7日間保存した後の着色硬化性組成物(1)~(6)の粘度(=保存後の粘度)を上記と同様にして測定し、下記式:
増粘率(%)=100×保存後の粘度(mPa・s)/初期粘度(mPa・s)
によって増粘率を計算した。結果を表1に示す。
The viscosity (= viscosity after storage) of the color-curable compositions (1) to (6) after being stored at 40 ° C. for 7 days was measured in the same manner as above, and the following formula:
Viscosity thickening rate (%) = 100 x viscosity after storage (mPa · s) / initial viscosity (mPa · s)
The thickening rate was calculated by. The results are shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
 表1に示すように、着色剤(A)として化合物(1a-1)を使用して得られた着色硬化性組成物(1)~(3)では、樹脂(B-1)を含む組成物(1)および(2)(実施例1および2)から得られた着色硬化性組成物(1)および(2)の増粘率(101%および102%で)は、樹脂(B-1)を含まない組成物(3)(比較例1)から得られた着色硬化性組成物(3)の増粘率(111%)よりも抑えられていた。 As shown in Table 1, the color-curable compositions (1) to (3) obtained by using the compound (1a-1) as the colorant (A) include the resin (B-1). The thickening rates (at 101% and 102%) of the color-curable compositions (1) and (2) obtained from (1) and (2) (Examples 1 and 2) are based on the resin (B-1). It was suppressed more than the thickening rate (111%) of the color-curable composition (3) obtained from the composition (3) (Comparative Example 1) containing no.
 また、表1に示すように、着色剤(A)として化合物(2a-1)を使用して得られた着色硬化性組成物(4)~(6)では、樹脂(B-1)を含む組成物(4)(実施例3)から得られた着色硬化性組成物(4)の増粘率(100%)は、樹脂(B-1)を含まない組成物(5)(比較例2)から得られた着色硬化性組成物(5)および(6)の増粘率(104%および103%)よりも抑えられていた。 Further, as shown in Table 1, the color-curable compositions (4) to (6) obtained by using the compound (2a-1) as the colorant (A) contain the resin (B-1). The thickening rate (100%) of the color-curable composition (4) obtained from the composition (4) (Example 3) is the composition (5) containing no resin (B-1) (Comparative Example 2). The thickening rates (104% and 103%) of the color-curable compositions (5) and (6) obtained from) were suppressed.
 本発明の組成物を予め製造し、次いで本発明の組成物を用いて着色硬化性組成物を製造することによって、着色硬化性組成物の増粘を抑制することができる。このような着色硬化性組成物は、例えばカラーフィルタ等の製造に有用である。 By producing the composition of the present invention in advance and then producing a color-curable composition using the composition of the present invention, thickening of the color-curable composition can be suppressed. Such a color curable composition is useful for producing, for example, a color filter.

Claims (17)

  1.  着色剤(A)、樹脂(B)および溶剤(E)を含む組成物であって、
     着色剤(A)が、式(1a):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [式(1a)中、R41aおよびR42aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR41aとR42aとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     R43aおよびR44aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR43aとR44aとが結合してそれらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     R47a~R54aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表し、
     Rは、炭素数1~12のフルオロアルキル基を表し、
     環T1aは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環または置換基を有していてもよい5~10員の芳香族複素環を表し、
     前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記5~10員の芳香族複素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
     前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が炭素数2~8のアルキル基である場合、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
     rは、1以上の整数を表し、
     Mr+は、水素イオン、r価の金属イオンまたはN(R55aを表し、四つのR55aは同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
     R55aは、水素原子、炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基または炭素数7~10のアラルキル基を表し、
     kは、式(1a-A):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [式(1a-A)中、環T1a、R41a~R44aおよびR47a~R54aは、それぞれ、上記と同義である。]
    で表されるアニオンが有する-SO および-SO-N-SO-Rの個数の合計を表し、且つ2以上の整数であり、
     rが2以上の整数である場合、式(1a-A)で表される複数のアニオンは、同一でも、異なっていてもよく、並びに
     k-1が2以上の整数である場合、複数のMr+は、同一でも、異なっていてもよい。]
    で表される化合物、
     式(2a):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [式(2a)中、R41bおよびR42bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR41bとR42bとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     R43bおよびR44bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR43bとR44bとが結合してそれらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     R47b~R54bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表し、
     環T1bは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環または置換基を有していてもよい5~10員の芳香族複素環を表し、
     前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記5~10員の芳香族複素環が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
     前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が炭素数2~8のアルキル基である場合、前記アルキル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、
     mは、1以上の整数を表し、
     [Y]m-は、m価のアニオンを表し、並びに
     mが2以上の整数である場合、式(2a-C):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [式(2a-C)中、環T1b、R41b~R44bおよびR47b~R54bは、それぞれ、上記と同義である。]
    で表される複数のカチオンは、同一でも、異なっていてもよい。]
    で表される化合物、および
     式(3a):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    [式(3a)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基または-R12-Si(R13を表すか、或いはRとRとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基または-R12-Si(R13で表される基を表すか、或いはRとRとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     Rは、-OH、-SO 、-SO 、-SO、-CO 、-CO、または-SONR10を表し、
     RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、
     pは、0~5の整数を表し、pが2以上の整数である場合、複数のRは同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
     qは、0または1を表し、
     Xは、ハロゲン原子を表し、
     Zは、N(R11、NaまたはKを表し、四つのR11は同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
     Rは、水素原子、またはハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基を表し、
     RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基を表すか、或いはRとR10とが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     R11は、水素原子、炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基または炭素数7~10のアラルキル基を表し、
     R12は、炭素数1~10のアルカンジイル基を表し、
     R13は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基または炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、および三つのR13は、それぞれ同一でも、異なっていてもよく、
     R~Rの前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびカルボキシ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     R~Rの前記炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、-OR、-SO 、-SO 、-SO、-CO 、-COおよび-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     R~Rの前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR11-に置き換わっていてもよく、
     RおよびR10の前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびハロゲン原子からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     RおよびR10の前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が炭素数2~20の飽和炭化水素基である場合、前記飽和炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR-に置き換わっていてもよく、
     R12の前記炭素数1~10のアルカンジイル基が炭素数2~20のアルカンジイル基である場合、前記アルカンジイル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-または-NR-に置き換わっていてもよく、並びに
     式(3a)で表される化合物中にイオンの形態の-SO が存在する場合、その数は1個である。]
    で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つを含み、
     樹脂(B)が、式(1b):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    [式(1b)中、R1Bは、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、
     R2B~R4Bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基または炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表し、
     nは、1~10の整数を表し、および
     *は、結合位置を表し、
     但し、R2B~R4Bの少なくとも一つは、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基である。]
    で表される構成単位(b1-1)を含む樹脂(B1)を含み、並びに
     着色剤(A)の含有量が、組成物の固形分の総量に対して35~70重量%である組成物。
    A composition containing a colorant (A), a resin (B) and a solvent (E).
    The colorant (A) has the formula (1a) :.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [In the formula (1a), R 41a and R 42a may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41a and R 42a are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
    R 43a and R 44a each independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 10 members together with a nitrogen atom to which R 43a and R 44a are bonded and bonded to each other. Forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
    R 47a ~ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - have -SO 2 -R f or a substituent, Represents a good alkyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms
    R f represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
    Ring T 1a represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10 member aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
    The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
    The aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
    Substituents which may be the aralkyl group have the carbon number of 7 to 30, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f, And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
    Aromatic hydrocarbon ring substituent that have the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
    Wherein said 5 to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring substituent which may have of a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f , And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
    The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
    When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be
    When the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-.
    r represents an integer of 1 or more
    Mr + represents a hydrogen ion, an r-valent metal ion or N + (R 55a ) 4 , and the four R 55a may be the same or different.
    R 55a represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
    k is the formula (1a-A):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [In the formula (1a-A), the rings T 1a , R 41a to R 44a and R 47a to R 54a are synonymous with the above, respectively. ]
    In -SO 3 anion has represented - and -SO 2 -N - represents the total number of -SO 2 -R f, a and an integer of 2 or more,
    When r is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of anions represented by the formula (1a-A) may be the same or different, and when k-1 is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of M's may be present. r + may be the same or different. ]
    Compound represented by,
    Equation (2a):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [In the formula (2a), R 41b and R 42b may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 41b and R 42b are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
    R 43b and R 44b independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 10 members together with a nitrogen atom to which R 43b and R 44b are bonded and bonded to each other. Forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
    R 47b to R 54b each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, or a substituent.
    Ring T 1b represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a 5 to 10 member aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
    The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
    The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of
    The substituents that the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms may have are a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group consisting of
    The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms may have may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups of
    The substituents that the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle may have are a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group of groups,
    The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
    When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is replaced with -O- or -CO-. May be
    When the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-.
    m represents an integer of 1 or more
    [Y] m- represents an m-valent anion, and when m is an integer of 2 or more, the formula (2a-C):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [In the formula (2a-C), rings T 1b , R 41b to R 44b and R 47b to R 54b are synonymous with the above, respectively. ]
    The plurality of cations represented by may be the same or different. ]
    The compound represented by, and formula (3a):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    [In the formula (3a), R 1 and R 2 may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. A good aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 is represented, or R 1 and R 2 are bonded and 3 to 10 members together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. Forming a nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
    R 3 and R 4 independently have a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group represented by -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 , or contains 3 to 10 members together with the nitrogen atom to which R 3 and R 4 are bonded. Forming a nitrogen heterocycle,
    R 5 is, -OH, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8, or represents -SO 2 NR 9 R 10,
    R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    p represents an integer of 0 to 5, and when p is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 5s may be the same or different.
    q represents 0 or 1 and represents
    X represents a halogen atom
    Z + stands for N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , and the four R 11s may be the same or different.
    R 8 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
    R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent, or R 9 and R 10 are bonded to each other. Together with the nitrogen atoms they bind to, they form a 3-10 member nitrogen-containing heterocycle,
    R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.
    R 12 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
    R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the three R 13s may be the same or different, respectively.
    The substituents that the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have are aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, formyl groups and carboxy groups. At least one selected from the group of groups,
    The substituents that may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 4 may have a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, and a halogen atom. saturated hydrocarbon group of ~ 20, -OR 8, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 R 8, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8 and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 At least one selected from the group consisting of
    When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 4 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 11 - may be replaced to,
    The substituents of the saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a halogen atom.
    When the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 9 and R 10 is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO- or -NR 8 - may be replaced to,
    When the alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH 2- contained in the alkanediyl group is -O-, -CO- or -NR. 8 - may be replaced in, and -SO 3 in the form of ions in the compound represented by formula (3a) - if there is, the number is one. ]
    Containing at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by
    The resin (B) is the formula (1b):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    [In formula (1b), R 1B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    R 2B to R 4B independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    n represents an integer from 1 to 10, and * represents the bond position.
    However, at least one of R 2B to R 4B is an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
    A composition containing a resin (B1) containing the structural unit (b1-1) represented by, and having a content of the colorant (A) of 35 to 70% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition. ..
  2.  着色剤(A)の含有量が、組成物の固形分の総量に対して40~70重量%である請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein the content of the colorant (A) is 40 to 70% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition.
  3.  式(1a)中の環T1aが、式(1t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    [式(1t)中、R45aおよびR46aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR45aとR46aとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     R56aは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表し、
     L1aは、硫黄原子、酸素原子または-NR57a-を表し、
     R57aは、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表し、
     前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、-SO 、-SO-N-SO-R、および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     Rは、炭素数1~12のフルオロアルキル基を表し、並びに
     *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
    で表される環である請求項1または2に記載の組成物。
    The ring T 1a in the formula (1a) is the formula (1t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    [In the formula (1t), R 45a and R 46a may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45a and R 46a are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
    R 56a is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a group.
    L 1a represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57a- .
    R 57a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
    The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
    The aromatic hydrocarbon group substituents which may be possessed by the carbon number of 6 to 14, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 - R f , and at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
    Substituents which may be the aralkyl group have the carbon number of 7 to 30, a halogen atom, a nitro group, hydroxy group, formyl group, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -R f, And at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have substituents.
    The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
    R f represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ]
    The composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is a ring represented by.
  4.  式(1a)中、rが2であり、およびMr+が2価の金属イオンである請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein r is 2 and Mr + is a divalent metal ion in the formula (1a).
  5.  式(1a)中、R41aおよびR43aが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
     R42aおよびR44aが、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
     R47a~R54aが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基または-SO であり
     環T1aが、式(1t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    [式(1t)中、R45aが、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
     R46aが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
     R56aが、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SO からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
     L1aが、硫黄原子であり、並びに
     *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
    で表される環であり、
     rが、2であり、
     kが、式(1a-A)で表されるアニオンが有する-SO の個数の合計を表し、且つ2であり、 式(1a-A)で表される二つのアニオンが、同一であり、並びに
     Mr+が、バリウムイオンである請求項1または2に記載の組成物。
    In formula (1a), R 41a and R 43a are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
    R 42a and R 44a are each independently an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
    R 47a ~ R 54a are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - and ring T 1a has the formula (1t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    [In the formula (1t), R 45a is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
    R 46a is an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
    R 56a is a halogen atom, an alkyl group and -SO 3 having 1 to 8 carbon atoms - at least one of which may have a substituent phenyl group selected from the group consisting of,
    L 1a is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ]
    It is a ring represented by
    r is 2,
    k is -SO 3 having the anion represented by the formula (1a-A) - represents the total number of, and 2, two anion represented by the formula (1a-A) is located in the same , And the composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein Mr + is a barium ion.
  6.  式(2a)中の環T1bが、式(2t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    [式(2t)中、R45bおよびR46bは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表すか、或いはR45bとR46bとが結合して、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に3~10員の含窒素複素環を形成し、
     R56bは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基、または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数7~30のアラルキル基を表し、
     L1bは、硫黄原子、酸素原子または-NR57b-を表し、
     R57bは、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表し、
     前記炭素数1~20の飽和炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数6~14の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基および置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、
     前記炭素数1~8のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つであり、並びに
     *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
    で表される環である請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    The ring T 1b in the formula (2a) is the formula (2t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    [In the formula (2t), R 45b and R 46b may independently have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, even if they have a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a substituent. It represents a good aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or R 45b and R 46b are bonded to each other. Forming a 3 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle with the nitrogen atom
    R 56b is a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a group.
    L 1b represents a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom or -NR 57b-
    R 57b represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
    The substituent which the saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group.
    The substituent which may have the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and a substituent having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups,
    The substituent which the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms may have is from a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. At least one selected from the group
    The substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may have is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a formyl group and an amino group, and * is a carbocation. Represents the connection position of. ]
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which is a ring represented by.
  7.  式(2a)中の[Y]m-が、タングステン原子を含有するポリ酸アニオンである請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein [Y] m− in the formula (2a) is a polyacid anion containing a tungsten atom.
  8.  式(2a)中の[Y]m-が、[PW12403-、[P18626-、[P18626-、[SiW12404-、[SiW12404-、[SiW12404-、[P176110-、[P155612-、[H124812-、[NaP3011014-、[SiW3410-、[SiW10368-、[SiW11398-、[SiW11398-、[W192-、[W10324-または[WO2-である請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 [Y] m- in the formula (2a) is [PW 12 O 40 ] 3- , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6- , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6- , [SiW 12 O 40 ]. 4- , [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4- , [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4- , [P 2 W 17 O 61 ] 10- , [P 2 W 15 O 56 ] 12- , [H 2 P 2 W 12] O 48 ] 12- , [NaP 5 W 30 O 110 ] 14- , [SiW 9 O 34 ] 10- , [SiW 10 O 36 ] 8- , [SiW 11 O 39 ] 8- , [SiW 11 O 39 ] The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which is 8- , [W 6 O 19 ] 2- , [W 10 O 32 ] 4- or [WO 4 ] 2- .
  9.  式(2a)中、R41b、R43bおよびR47b~R54bが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
     R42bおよびR44bが、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
     環T1bが、式(2t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    [式(2t)中、R45bが、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
     R46bが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
     R56bが、ハロゲン原子および炭素数1~8のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基であり、
     L1bが、硫黄原子であり、並びに
     *は、カルボカチオンとの結合位置を表す。]
    で表される環であり、
     mが、3であり、
     式(2a-C)で表される三つのカチオンが、同一であり、並びに
     [Y]m-が、[PW12403-である請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    In formula (2a), R 41b , R 43b and R 47b to R 54b are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, respectively.
    R 42b and R 44b are phenyl groups which may independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
    Ring T 1b is the equation (2t):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    [In formula (2t), R 45b is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
    R 46b is a phenyl group which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
    R 56b is a phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
    L 1b is a sulfur atom, and * represents a bond position with a carbocation. ]
    It is a ring represented by
    m is 3,
    The third aspect of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the three cations represented by the formula (2a-C) are the same, and [Y] m- is [PW 12 O 40 ] 3- . Composition.
  10.  式(3a)中、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;カルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13であり、
     RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、カルボキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルキル基および-SONR10からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基;または-R12-Si(R13であり、
     Rが、-SO であり、
     RおよびRが、共に水素原子であり、
     RおよびR10が、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、
     R12が、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基であり、
     三つのR13が、共に炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、
     pが、1であり、並びに
     qが、0である請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    In formula (3a), R 1 and R 3 are independently hydrogen atoms; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO. A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of 2 NR 9 R 10 ; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3 .
    R 2 and R 4 each independently consist of an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a carboxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10. A phenyl group which may have at least one substituent of choice; or -R 12- Si (R 13 ) 3
    R 5 is, -SO 3 - and is,
    R 6 and R 7 are both hydrogen atoms,
    R 9 and R 10 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
    R 12 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    All three R 13s are alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein p is 1 and q is 0.
  11.  式(1a)で表される化合物、式(2a)で表される化合物および式(3a)で表される化合物の含有量の合計が、着色剤(A)の総量に対して50~100重量%である請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The total content of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is 50 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (A). The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, which is%.
  12.  式(1a)で表される化合物、式(2a)で表される化合物および式(3a)で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つが、式(1a)で表される化合物であり、式(1a)で表される化合物の含有量が、着色剤(A)の総量に対して50~100重量%である請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 At least one selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is the compound represented by the formula (1a). The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (1a) is 50 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (A).
  13.  式(1a)で表される化合物、式(2a)で表される化合物および式(3a)で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つが、式(2a)で表される化合物であり、式(2a)で表される化合物の含有量が、着色剤(A)の総量に対して50~100重量%である請求項1、2および6~9のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 At least one selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (1a), the compound represented by the formula (2a) and the compound represented by the formula (3a) is the compound represented by the formula (2a). The composition according to any one of claims 1, 2 and 6 to 9, wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (2a) is 50 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (A). Stuff.
  14.  樹脂(B1)が、構成単位(b1-1)、酸性基を有する重合性不飽和化合物に由来する構成単位(b1-2)および他の構成単位(b1-3)を含む共重合体であり、且つ共重合体中の全構成単位の合計を100モル%としたときの構成単位(b1-1)の量が、1~50モル%である請求項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The resin (B1) is a copolymer containing a structural unit (b1-1), a structural unit (b1-2) derived from a polymerizable unsaturated compound having an acidic group, and other structural units (b1-3). The present invention according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the amount of the structural unit (b1-1) is 1 to 50 mol% when the total of all the structural units in the copolymer is 100 mol%. Composition.
  15.  樹脂(B1)の重量平均分子量が1,000~50,000である請求項1~14のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the resin (B1) has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 50,000.
  16.  樹脂(B1)の含有量が、着色剤(A)100重量部に対して10~100重量部である請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the content of the resin (B1) is 10 to 100 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A).
  17.  樹脂(B1)の含有量が、着色剤(A)100重量部に対して10~60重量部である請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the content of the resin (B1) is 10 to 60 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (A).
PCT/JP2020/023967 2019-07-10 2020-06-18 Composition containing coloring agent WO2021005997A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080049401.XA CN114080567A (en) 2019-07-10 2020-06-18 Composition containing colorant
KR1020227003928A KR20220034155A (en) 2019-07-10 2020-06-18 Compositions containing colorants

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019128607 2019-07-10
JP2019-128607 2019-07-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021005997A1 true WO2021005997A1 (en) 2021-01-14

Family

ID=74114725

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/023967 WO2021005997A1 (en) 2019-07-10 2020-06-18 Composition containing coloring agent

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2021014568A (en)
KR (1) KR20220034155A (en)
CN (1) CN114080567A (en)
TW (1) TW202111012A (en)
WO (1) WO2021005997A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210116806A1 (en) * 2018-02-06 2021-04-22 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Colored photosensitive resin composition

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000047016A (en) * 1998-07-27 2000-02-18 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter and its production
JP2010085723A (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-04-15 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, color filter, and method for manufacturing color filter
JP2016164246A (en) * 2015-02-26 2016-09-08 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Coloring curable resin composition, color filter and display device
WO2018110097A1 (en) * 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 昭和電工株式会社 Resin composition for color filter, method for producing same, and color filter
JP2018127596A (en) * 2016-08-08 2018-08-16 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Compound
JP2018194747A (en) * 2017-05-19 2018-12-06 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000047016A (en) * 1998-07-27 2000-02-18 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter and its production
JP2010085723A (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-04-15 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, color filter, and method for manufacturing color filter
JP2016164246A (en) * 2015-02-26 2016-09-08 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Coloring curable resin composition, color filter and display device
JP2018127596A (en) * 2016-08-08 2018-08-16 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Compound
WO2018110097A1 (en) * 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 昭和電工株式会社 Resin composition for color filter, method for producing same, and color filter
JP2018194747A (en) * 2017-05-19 2018-12-06 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210116806A1 (en) * 2018-02-06 2021-04-22 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Colored photosensitive resin composition
US11988962B2 (en) * 2018-02-06 2024-05-21 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Colored photosensitive resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20220034155A (en) 2022-03-17
CN114080567A (en) 2022-02-22
TW202111012A (en) 2021-03-16
JP2021014568A (en) 2021-02-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6713517B2 (en) Red colored curable resin composition
JP6852971B2 (en) Color curable resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
KR102128122B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP6019596B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
TWI613518B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
TW201610578A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
KR20170003404A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device
KR102023779B1 (en) Colored polymerizable resin composition
KR20120088575A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6454273B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
JP7474106B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI736597B (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter, and display device having the same
TWI615680B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6799943B2 (en) Color curable resin composition, color filter and display device
WO2021005997A1 (en) Composition containing coloring agent
JP6047885B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP2016105152A (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP6868348B2 (en) Manufacturing method of color curable resin composition and color filter
JP6856094B2 (en) Compound and color curable resin composition
JP2012173550A (en) Color filter
KR101644919B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
KR20170064793A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP2021015279A (en) Coloring resin composition and color filter and display device using the same
JP2022119714A (en) color filter
CN114185247A (en) Curable coloring composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20837687

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227003928

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20837687

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1